1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
138 \author 2090807402 "usti"
152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
154 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 \begin_inset Note Note
180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
181 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
195 \begin_layout Standard
196 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
197 LatexCommand tableofcontents
204 \begin_layout Chapter
208 \begin_layout Section
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 LyX is a document preparation system.
214 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
215 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
216 It is unlike most other
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
224 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
226 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 pt type, left justified, 5
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
251 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
255 \begin_layout Standard
256 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
273 \begin_layout Standard
275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
287 the format of all of the manuals.
288 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
289 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
306 \begin_layout Section
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
313 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
314 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
320 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
321 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
323 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
324 only a vertical scrollbar.
325 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
326 The first case is large images.
327 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
334 LaTeX and LyX options
337 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
339 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
340 this doesn't work for equations yet.
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
352 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
359 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
365 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
366 Just select the manual you want to read from the
373 \begin_layout Section
375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
377 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
384 \begin_layout Standard
385 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
387 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
401 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
402 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
404 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
405 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
410 \begin_inset space \space{}
413 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
414 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
420 \begin_inset Index idx
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
424 Reconfiguration of LyX
429 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
432 \begin_layout Section
434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
436 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
445 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
447 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
448 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
452 \begin_layout Standard
453 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
455 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
456 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
459 \begin_layout Standard
460 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
461 you can view from the menu
463 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
483 reconfigure LyX (menu
485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
489 \begin_inset Note Note
492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
493 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
501 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
502 More about TeX Code is described in section
507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
509 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
513 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
520 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 Reconfiguration of LyX
539 See section 5.1 of the
543 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
546 \begin_layout Chapter
550 \begin_layout Section
551 Basic File Operations
552 \begin_inset Index idx
555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
564 \begin_layout Standard
569 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
570 in addition to some more advanced operations:
573 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 arg "dialog-show print"
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
841 them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We will start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_layout Itemize
913 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_layout Itemize
947 \begin_layout Itemize
963 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
969 \begin_layout Standard
970 The first three are self-explanatory.
972 \begin_inset Index idx
975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
981 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
990 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
993 \begin_layout Standard
996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 \begin_inset space ~
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1018 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1028 will start a new paragraph.
1031 \begin_layout Standard
1032 \begin_inset Index idx
1035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_inset space ~
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1077 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1082 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1099 button to skip the current word.
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1108 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1119 If the toggle is set, searching for
1120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1131 will not match the word
1132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 Match whole words only
1148 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 LyX offers also an advanced
1180 \begin_inset space ~
1184 \begin_inset space ~
1189 feature that is described in sec.
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1196 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1203 \begin_layout Standard
1204 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1205 \begin_inset space \space{}
1209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1217 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1219 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1224 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1235 arg "inset-select-all"
1241 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1244 selects the whole document.
1247 \begin_layout Section
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1271 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1280 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1286 or the toolbar button
1292 to undo some mistake.
1293 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1298 or the toolbar button
1305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1312 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1316 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1330 This is a consequence of the 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 step undo limit, above.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1346 work on almost everything in LyX.
1347 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1351 \begin_layout Section
1353 \begin_inset Index idx
1356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1365 \begin_layout Standard
1366 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1369 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1379 once anywhere in the edit window.
1380 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1404 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 \begin_layout Enumerate
1415 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1421 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1425 \begin_layout Section
1427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1429 name "sec:Navigating"
1434 \begin_inset Index idx
1437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1446 \begin_layout Standard
1447 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1450 \begin_layout Itemize
1455 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1456 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1462 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1465 or by the toolbar button
1468 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 and use the same menu to return to them.
1481 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1488 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1493 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1501 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1502 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1503 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1504 your last editing position.
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1512 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1515 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1519 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1527 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1528 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1529 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1541 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1548 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1553 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1557 \begin_layout Standard
1558 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1559 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1560 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1561 dialog and to modify the citation.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1593 option keeps it in the current view state.
1594 Keeping means that when you have e.
1595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1599 \begin_inset space \space{}
1602 the subsections of section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 3, the subsections of section
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1614 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1619 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1620 \begin_inset space ~
1624 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1634 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1639 \begin_inset space \space{}
1643 \begin_inset Graphics
1644 filename ../images/reload.png
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1652 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1653 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1656 \begin_inset space \space{}
1660 \begin_inset Graphics
1661 filename ../images/down.png
1663 groupId toolbarbuttons
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1672 \begin_inset space \space{}
1676 \begin_inset Graphics
1677 filename ../images/up.png
1679 groupId toolbarbuttons
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1687 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1688 So, for example, you can move section
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1696 2.4 or after section
1697 \begin_inset space ~
1701 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1703 \begin_inset Graphics
1704 filename ../images/promote.png
1706 groupId toolbarbuttons
1711 \begin_inset Graphics
1712 filename ../images/demote.png
1714 groupId toolbarbuttons
1718 (or the corresponding key bindings
1726 ) you can change the level of sections.
1727 So you can for example make section
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1736 \begin_inset space ~
1742 \begin_layout Section
1743 Input / Word Completion
1744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1746 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1751 \begin_inset Index idx
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_inset Index idx
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Standard
1796 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1798 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1799 is used to propose completions.
1802 \begin_layout Standard
1803 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1810 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1821 \begin_inset space ~
1826 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1830 \begin_inset space ~
1835 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1836 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1840 \begin_inset space ~
1846 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1847 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1850 \begin_layout Standard
1851 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1852 are completions available.
1857 key to accept a proposed completion.
1858 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1859 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1860 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1867 \begin_layout Standard
1868 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1869 ing options for text.
1870 The special math option
1874 enables that characters can be composed.
1875 If you for example want to insert the character
1876 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1879 , you can then input the characters
1880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1891 to a formula to get it.
1892 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1893 of the math toolbar.
1894 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1898 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1899 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1908 \begin_layout Section
1910 \begin_inset Index idx
1913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1952 \begin_inset Index idx
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1986 \begin_layout Standard
1987 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2000 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2002 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2020 \begin_inset space ~
2041 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2045 \begin_layout Labeling
2046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2051 LatexCommand nomenclature
2053 description "Tabulator key"
2059 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2060 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2061 \begin_inset space ~
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2067 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2074 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2078 , especially section
2079 \begin_inset space ~
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2085 reference "sub:Lists"
2091 If you're still confused, look in the
2096 \begin_inset Newline newline
2099 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2107 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2108 LatexCommand nomenclature
2110 description "Escape key"
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2124 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2125 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2128 \begin_layout Labeling
2129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2146 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2147 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2152 There are three modifier keys:
2155 \begin_layout Labeling
2156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2174 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2175 LatexCommand nomenclature
2177 description "Control key"
2181 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2182 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2186 \begin_layout Itemize
2195 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2198 \begin_layout Itemize
2207 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2210 \begin_layout Itemize
2219 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2223 \begin_layout Labeling
2224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2242 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2243 LatexCommand nomenclature
2245 description "Shift key"
2249 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2250 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2253 \begin_layout Labeling
2254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2272 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2273 LatexCommand nomenclature
2275 description "Alt or Meta key"
2279 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2280 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2281 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2287 \begin_inset Newline newline
2290 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2292 menu accelerator keys
2295 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2296 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 For example, the sequence
2302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2308 \begin_inset space ~
2312 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset space ~
2326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2345 \begin_inset space ~
2351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2361 \begin_layout Standard
2366 manual lists all other things bound to the
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2376 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2377 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2378 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2379 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2380 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2381 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2383 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2399 followed by a capital
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2409 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2417 as explained in sec.
2418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2424 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2431 \begin_layout Chapter
2433 \begin_inset Index idx
2436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_layout Section
2447 \begin_inset Index idx
2450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2459 \begin_layout Subsection
2463 \begin_layout Standard
2464 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2465 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2466 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2467 numbering schemes, and so on.
2468 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2469 and format the title of your document differently.
2472 \begin_layout Standard
2477 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2478 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2479 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2480 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2481 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2484 \begin_layout Standard
2485 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2486 how to adjust their properties.
2489 \begin_layout Subsection
2491 \begin_inset Index idx
2494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2503 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2511 You can select a class using the
2513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2514 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2518 \begin_inset Index idx
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2528 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2537 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Article for basic articles
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Report for basic reports
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Book for writing a book
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Letter for US-style letters
2557 \begin_layout Standard
2558 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2559 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2560 will include many of these.
2561 Here are some of the classes.
2562 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2564 Special Document Classes
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2577 \begin_layout Description
2578 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2589 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2590 There are three article layouts available.
2591 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2592 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2593 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2594 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2599 sequential numbering
2600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2603 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2604 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2605 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2606 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Beamer Layout for presentations
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2615 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2623 \begin_layout Description
2625 \begin_inset space ~
2628 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Foils Used to make transparencies
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2641 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2647 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2660 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2661 (Is used by this document.)
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2668 \begin_layout Description
2669 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2672 \begin_layout Description
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2684 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2685 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2687 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2690 \begin_layout Description
2691 Slides Used to make transparencies
2694 \begin_layout Description
2696 \begin_inset space ~
2699 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2700 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2710 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2716 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2717 of the document classes.
2720 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2728 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2730 \begin_inset Index idx
2733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2751 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2753 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2758 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2759 and some of them, like
2763 , are highly specialized.
2764 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2765 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2767 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2768 by some document class.
2769 There are just too many of them.
2770 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2773 \begin_layout Standard
2774 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2782 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2783 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2784 document class for a new file.
2785 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2790 Installing new LaTeX files
2791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2798 manual for information on how to install them.
2799 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2807 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2809 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2810 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2811 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2813 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2816 \begin_inset space ~
2823 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2835 \begin_inset Index idx
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2849 chosen document class.
2850 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2851 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2862 \begin_inset Index idx
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2878 always installed by default.
2879 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2880 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2881 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2882 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2883 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2884 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2885 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2888 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2892 \begin_inset Index idx
2895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2896 Reconfiguration of LyX
2902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2905 Installing new LaTeX files
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2913 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2916 \begin_layout Standard
2917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2925 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2926 LyX will advise you about these things.
2934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2938 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2943 \begin_inset Index idx
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2947 Document ! Local Layout
2955 \begin_layout Standard
2956 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2957 used in a variety of different documents.
2958 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2959 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2960 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2961 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2962 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2963 What you want is LyX's
2964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2980 manual for information on how to use it.
2983 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2987 \begin_layout Standard
2988 Each class has a default set of options.
2989 Here's a quick table describing them:
2992 \begin_layout Standard
2993 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2999 \begin_layout Standard
3001 \begin_inset Tabular
3002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3003 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3462 \begin_layout Standard
3463 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3469 \begin_layout Standard
3470 You're probably also wondering what
3471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3475 \begin_inset space ~
3479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3483 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3484 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3489 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3494 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3504 headings, there are also
3512 headings, and so on.
3513 We will describe these headings fully in section
3514 \begin_inset space ~
3518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3520 reference "sub:Headings"
3527 \begin_layout Subsection
3529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3531 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3536 \begin_inset Index idx
3539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3548 \begin_inset Index idx
3551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3560 \begin_layout Standard
3561 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3570 \begin_inset space ~
3578 \begin_inset space ~
3583 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3585 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3586 to use for your document.
3587 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3604 \begin_inset space ~
3609 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3610 You can choose between the following five options:
3613 \begin_layout Labeling
3614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3619 Use default page style of current class.
3622 \begin_layout Labeling
3623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3628 No page numbers or headings.
3631 \begin_layout Labeling
3632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3640 \begin_layout Labeling
3641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3646 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3647 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3648 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3651 \begin_layout Labeling
3652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3657 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3658 have the LaTeX-package
3663 \begin_inset Index idx
3666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3667 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3673 How they are defined is explained in section
3674 \begin_inset space ~
3678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3680 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3689 \begin_inset space ~
3693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3695 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3703 Paper Size and Orientation
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 Document ! Paper size
3714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3716 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3724 You can find the following options in the menu
3727 \begin_inset space ~
3734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3740 \begin_inset Index idx
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3752 \begin_layout Labeling
3753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 \begin_inset space ~
3762 What size paper to print on.
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3791 \begin_layout Itemize
3794 US letter, US legal, US executive
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3803 \begin_layout Itemize
3810 \begin_layout Labeling
3811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3816 To choose whether to output as
3827 \begin_layout Labeling
3828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3832 \begin_inset space ~
3837 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3838 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3841 \begin_layout Subsection
3843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3850 \begin_inset Index idx
3853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3860 \begin_inset Index idx
3863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 Paper margins are set in the menu
3875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3893 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3894 the paper format and the font size into account.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3907 That includes the paragraph environments.
3908 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3909 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3910 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3911 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3920 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3922 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3923 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3924 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3927 \begin_layout Section
3928 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3929 \begin_inset Index idx
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 Paragraph ! Indentation
3941 \begin_layout Subsection
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3954 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3957 \begin_layout Standard
3958 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3959 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3960 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3961 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3965 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3971 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3972 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3973 language than English.
3974 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3979 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3981 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3982 LyX takes care of that.
3983 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3985 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3986 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3987 of a page, and so on.
3991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3992 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3997 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3998 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4002 of these pre-coded spacings.
4003 We will explain more later.
4006 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 Paragraph Separation
4008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4010 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4015 \begin_inset Index idx
4018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4019 Paragraph ! Separation
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4028 To separate paragraphs, select
4039 \begin_inset space ~
4046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4050 \begin_inset Index idx
4053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4059 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4062 \begin_layout Subsection
4066 \begin_layout Standard
4067 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4077 dialog and toggle the
4080 \begin_inset space ~
4085 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4088 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4092 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4093 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4098 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4099 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4102 \begin_layout Subsection
4104 \begin_inset Index idx
4107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4108 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4116 \begin_layout Standard
4119 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4135 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4138 \begin_inset space ~
4147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4148 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4153 \begin_inset Index idx
4156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4157 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4162 installed to use this feature.
4170 \begin_layout Section
4171 Paragraph Environments
4172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4174 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4179 \begin_inset Index idx
4182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4183 Paragraph ! Environments
4189 \begin_inset Index idx
4192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4193 Paragraph environments|(
4201 \begin_layout Subsection
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4228 \begin_inset Newline newline
4231 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4232 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4233 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4242 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4245 \begin_layout Standard
4246 A paragraph environment is simply a
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4255 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4256 scheme, labels, and so on.
4257 Additionally, you can
4258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4265 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4266 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4267 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4268 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4269 days of typewriters.
4270 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4272 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4276 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4277 \begin_inset Graphics
4278 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4284 at the left end of the toolbar.
4285 LyX will change the environment of the
4289 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4290 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4291 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4295 \begin_layout Standard
4304 create a new paragraph using the
4308 paragraph environment.
4310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4317 because if you are in one of these environments:
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4356 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 \begin_layout Standard
4363 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4367 , rather than resetting it to
4372 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4373 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4374 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4375 \begin_inset space ~
4379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4381 reference "sec:Nesting"
4386 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4391 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4392 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4402 \begin_layout Subsection
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407 The default paragraph environment is
4412 It creates a plain paragraph.
4413 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4414 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4415 this manual) are in the
4422 \begin_layout Standard
4423 You can nest a paragraph using the
4427 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4435 \begin_layout Subsection
4437 \begin_inset Index idx
4440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4450 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4459 for thanks or contact information.
4460 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4461 page along with today's date.
4462 For other types of documents, the title
4463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4489 Here's how you use them:
4492 \begin_layout Itemize
4493 Put the title of your document in the
4500 \begin_layout Itemize
4501 Put the author name in the
4508 \begin_layout Itemize
4509 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4510 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4516 Note that using this environment is optional.
4517 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4518 If you don't want any date, add the line
4519 \begin_inset Newline newline
4529 \begin_inset Newline newline
4532 to the preamble of your document (menu
4534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 You can use footnotes to insert
4542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4549 or contact information.
4552 \begin_layout Subsection
4554 \begin_inset Index idx
4557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4575 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4580 \begin_inset Index idx
4583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4584 Section headings ! Numbered
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4593 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Enumerate
4627 \begin_layout Enumerate
4633 \begin_layout Enumerate
4639 \begin_layout Standard
4640 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4641 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4642 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4647 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4648 You group the book into chapters.
4649 LyX does similar grouping:
4652 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 is divided into either
4668 \begin_layout Itemize
4680 \begin_layout Itemize
4692 \begin_layout Itemize
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4737 Not all document types use the
4741 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4746 is the top-level heading.
4754 \begin_layout Standard
4759 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4760 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4762 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4776 \begin_inset Index idx
4779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4780 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4789 The unnumbered section headings have a
4790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4797 at the end of their name.
4798 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4799 the table of contents, see section
4800 \begin_inset space ~
4804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4814 Changing the Numbering
4815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4817 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4825 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4826 in the Table of Contents.
4827 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4829 Certain classes start with
4843 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4853 This is something you can change.
4856 \begin_layout Standard
4859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4863 \begin_inset Index idx
4866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 \begin_inset space ~
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4884 you will see two counters.
4889 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4891 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4896 Short Titles of Headings
4897 \begin_inset Index idx
4900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4901 Section headings ! Short titles
4907 \begin_inset Argument
4910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4919 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4928 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4929 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4930 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4935 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4936 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4937 To specify a short title, use the menu
4939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4941 \begin_inset space ~
4947 This will insert a box labeled
4948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4963 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4964 This also works for captions inside floats.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 The following information applies to all section headings:
4979 \begin_layout Itemize
4980 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4983 \begin_layout Itemize
4984 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4987 \begin_layout Itemize
4988 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4991 \begin_layout Itemize
4992 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4995 \begin_layout Subsection
4996 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4999 \begin_layout Standard
5000 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5014 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5015 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5016 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5017 the text they contain.
5018 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5026 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5029 \begin_layout Standard
5030 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5039 when you start a new paragraph.
5040 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5044 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5045 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5046 have to change back to the
5050 environment yourself.
5059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5066 \begin_inset Index idx
5069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5080 time for the differences.
5089 are identical except for one difference:
5093 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5102 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 Here's an example of the
5119 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5121 See – no indentation!
5125 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5126 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5127 the other paragraph.
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5131 Here's another example, this time in the
5138 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5145 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5146 the first line, then
5150 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5154 you were quoting other text.
5157 \begin_layout Quotation
5158 Here's a new paragraph.
5159 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5160 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 As the examples show,
5168 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5169 They should put quotes in the
5174 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5178 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5187 \begin_inset Index idx
5190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5199 \begin_inset Index idx
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5223 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 Which I did not rehearse!
5236 It could be much worse.
5237 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5239 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5240 indented a bit more than the first.
5241 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5247 \begin_inset Newline newline
5250 And make things look fine
5251 \begin_inset Newline newline
5257 arg "newline-insert newline"
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5268 does not indent both margins.
5269 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5270 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5277 arg "newline-insert newline"
5283 \begin_layout Subsection
5285 \begin_inset Index idx
5288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5304 \begin_layout Standard
5305 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5315 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5324 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5325 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5326 describing some general features of all four of them.
5329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5334 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5336 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5345 reset the environment to
5349 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5350 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5351 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5355 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5358 to break paragraphs.
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5362 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5363 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5365 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5366 you read all of section
5367 \begin_inset space ~
5371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5373 reference "sec:Nesting"
5381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5387 \begin_inset Index idx
5390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5407 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5411 paragraph environment.
5412 It has the following properties:
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 The items can have any length.
5431 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5432 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 environment inside another
5448 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 \begin_inset space ~
5466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5468 reference "sec:Nesting"
5472 for a full explanation of nesting.
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5477 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5486 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5489 \begin_layout Standard
5490 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5491 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the first level
5499 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 The label for the second level is a dash.
5508 \begin_layout Itemize
5509 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5513 \begin_layout Itemize
5514 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5518 \begin_layout Itemize
5519 Back out to the third level.
5523 \begin_layout Itemize
5524 Back to the second level.
5528 \begin_layout Itemize
5529 Back to the outermost level.
5532 \begin_layout Standard
5533 These are the default labels for an
5538 You can customize these labels in the
5540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5543 dialog in the submenu
5550 \begin_inset Index idx
5553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5563 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5564 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5566 \begin_inset space ~
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5572 reference "sec:Nesting"
5579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5585 \begin_inset Index idx
5588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5597 name "sec:Enumerate"
5604 \begin_layout Standard
5609 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5610 It has these properties:
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 environment resets the counter to one.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5650 Items can have any length.
5653 \begin_layout Enumerate
5654 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5675 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5676 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The first level of an
5688 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5712 \begin_layout Enumerate
5713 Back to the third level
5717 \begin_layout Enumerate
5718 Back to the second level.
5722 \begin_layout Enumerate
5723 Back to the outermost level.
5726 \begin_layout Standard
5727 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5732 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5737 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 There is more to nesting
5746 environments than we've stated here.
5747 You should read section
5748 \begin_inset space ~
5752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5754 reference "sec:Nesting"
5758 to learn more about nesting.
5761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5767 \begin_inset Index idx
5770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5780 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5784 list has no fixed label.
5785 Instead, LyX uses the first
5786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5793 of the first line as the label.
5797 \begin_layout Description
5798 Example: This is an example of the
5805 \begin_layout Standard
5806 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5810 \begin_layout Standard
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5819 it is meant that the first hit of the
5823 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5825 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5833 arg "space-insert protected"
5838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5839 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5847 \begin_inset space ~
5851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5853 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5857 for more info.) Here is an example:
5860 \begin_layout Description
5862 \begin_inset space ~
5865 Example: This one shows how to use a
5868 \begin_inset space ~
5880 \begin_layout Description
5881 Usage: You should use the
5885 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5886 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5888 It's not a good idea to use a
5892 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5893 You're better off using
5905 paragraphs into them.
5908 \begin_layout Description
5909 Nesting: You can nest
5913 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5919 them from the first line.
5922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_inset Index idx
5931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 \begin_layout Standard
5945 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5948 \begin_layout Standard
5949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5957 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5962 environment is named
5974 \begin_layout Standard
5983 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5984 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5987 \begin_layout Labeling
5988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5993 labels LyX uses the first
5994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6001 of each line as the item label.
6006 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6007 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6008 blank as described above.
6011 \begin_layout Labeling
6012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6013 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6014 the body of the item text.
6015 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6016 label width plus a little extra space.
6020 \begin_layout Labeling
6021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6026 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6028 If the label width is larger, the label
6029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6036 into the first line.
6037 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6038 margin of the rest of the item text.
6041 \begin_layout Labeling
6042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6044 \begin_inset space ~
6047 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6052 environment has the same left margin.
6053 \begin_inset Newline newline
6056 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6075 determines the default label width.
6076 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6085 multiple times instead.
6086 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6095 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6098 \begin_inset space ~
6103 every time you alter a label in a
6108 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 The predefined default width is the length of
6112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6120 \begin_inset space ~
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6137 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6138 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6151 environment the same way as the
6155 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6161 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6170 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6172 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6180 reference "sec:Nesting"
6184 to learn about nesting.
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6188 There is yet another feature of the
6192 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6194 You can use additional
6198 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6203 are documented in section
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6210 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6215 Here are some examples:
6218 \begin_layout Labeling
6219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6220 Left The default for
6227 \begin_layout Labeling
6228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6236 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6239 \begin_layout Labeling
6240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6252 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6255 \begin_layout Subsection
6257 \begin_inset Index idx
6260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6273 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6275 in the document settings.
6276 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6281 \begin_inset Index idx
6284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6294 Custom Enumerate Lists
6295 \begin_inset Index idx
6298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6299 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6309 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6315 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6316 There you add the command
6319 \begin_layout Standard
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 in TeX Code (shortcut
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6339 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6340 \begin_inset space ~
6344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6346 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6359 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6366 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6367 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6380 For Arabic numerals use
6388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6395 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6412 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 You can only number 26
6421 \begin_inset space ~
6424 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6433 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6434 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6437 \begin_layout Standard
6438 As example a list with custom numbering:
6441 \begin_layout Enumerate
6442 \begin_inset Argument
6445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6471 \begin_layout Enumerate
6472 \begin_inset Argument
6475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6498 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6504 \begin_inset Argument
6507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6531 \begin_layout Enumerate
6532 \begin_inset Argument
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6562 For this list these commands were used:
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6576 \begin_inset Newline newline
6584 \begin_inset Newline newline
6592 \begin_inset Newline newline
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6609 makes the label emphasized and
6618 \begin_layout Standard
6619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6627 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6628 lists until you change the definition.
6636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6638 \begin_inset Index idx
6641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6642 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6654 \begin_layout Enumerate
6655 \begin_inset Argument
6658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6677 \begin_inset Note Note
6680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6681 goes back to default numbering
6689 \begin_layout Enumerate
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6697 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6707 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6708 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6720 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6728 \begin_layout Standard
6729 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6731 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6732 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6733 of a normal enumeration.
6734 There, insert the command
6737 \begin_layout Standard
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6748 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6756 \begin_layout Enumerate
6760 \begin_layout Standard
6761 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6764 \begin_layout Enumerate
6765 \begin_inset Argument
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6784 This enumeration starts at 4
6787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6789 \begin_inset Index idx
6792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6804 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 with standard spacing
6815 \begin_layout Standard
6816 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6818 Add there the command
6822 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6825 \begin_layout Itemize
6826 \begin_inset Argument
6829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 \begin_layout Itemize
6852 \begin_layout Itemize
6856 \begin_layout Standard
6857 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6863 \begin_inset Index idx
6866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6867 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6873 For more info see its documentation,
6874 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6883 \begin_layout Standard
6884 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6886 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6887 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6891 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6894 \begin_layout Enumerate
6895 \begin_inset Argument
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6906 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6919 \begin_layout Enumerate
6920 with negative indentation
6923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6924 Further Customization
6925 \begin_inset Index idx
6928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6929 Lists ! Customization
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6938 You can also change the style of description lists.
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 changes the description label font, the command
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6958 \begin_layout Standard
6959 sets the list style.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 An example where the command
6966 \begin_layout Standard
6971 itshape, style=nextline
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6978 \begin_layout Description
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6984 \begin_inset Argument
6987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6993 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6995 itshape, style=nextline
7005 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7006 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7010 \begin_layout Description
7012 \begin_inset space ~
7015 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7016 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7017 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7027 \begin_inset Index idx
7030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7031 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7037 For more info see its documentation,
7038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7047 \begin_layout Subsection
7049 \begin_inset Index idx
7052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7061 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7086 \begin_inset space ~
7092 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7093 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7094 In contrast, you can use the
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7106 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7107 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7111 \begin_layout Standard
7112 Of course, you're not limited to using
7119 \begin_inset space ~
7128 \begin_inset space ~
7133 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7134 some European academic papers.
7137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7141 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7148 \begin_layout Standard
7153 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7154 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7158 \begin_inset space ~
7163 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7164 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7165 Here's an example of each:
7168 \begin_layout Right Address
7170 \begin_inset Newline newline
7174 \begin_inset Newline newline
7178 \begin_inset Newline newline
7181 When is it? What is today?
7184 \begin_layout Standard
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7194 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7195 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7196 Here's an example of the
7203 \begin_layout Address
7205 \begin_inset Newline newline
7208 Where do I send this
7209 \begin_inset Newline newline
7212 Your post office and country
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7216 As you can see, both
7223 \begin_inset space ~
7228 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7233 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7239 This makes sense, since
7247 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7248 Thus, you have to use
7255 arg "newline-insert newline"
7261 \begin_inset space ~
7264 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7266 \begin_inset space ~
7275 menu) to start a new line in an
7282 \begin_inset space ~
7290 \begin_layout Subsection
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7296 or list of references.
7297 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7300 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7304 \begin_inset Index idx
7307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7316 \begin_layout Standard
7321 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7322 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7323 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7324 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7328 in anything else or vice versa.
7334 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7335 The book document classes ignores the
7339 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7343 in a letter document class.
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7351 environment does several things for you.
7352 First, it puts the centered label
7353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7361 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7363 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7364 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7365 the subsequent text.
7366 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7367 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7375 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7376 The new paragraph will still be in the
7381 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7382 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7385 \begin_layout Standard
7386 \begin_inset Float figure
7391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7393 \begin_inset Graphics
7394 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7402 \begin_inset Caption
7404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7407 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7429 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7433 environment, but since this document is in the
7434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7441 class, we can't do this.
7442 We inserted it therefore as figure
7443 \begin_inset space ~
7447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7449 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7454 If you've never heard of an
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7465 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7471 \begin_inset Index idx
7474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7483 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7495 environment is used to list references.
7496 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7497 only use it at the end of the document.
7502 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7505 \begin_layout Standard
7506 When you first open a
7510 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7526 depending on the document class.
7527 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7528 Each paragraph of the
7532 environment is a bibliography entry.
7537 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7538 Each new paragraph is still in the
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7547 by using a BibTeX database.
7548 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7549 phy handling, have a look at section
7550 \begin_inset space ~
7554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7556 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7563 \begin_layout Subsection
7567 \begin_inset Index idx
7570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7571 Paragraph ! LyX code
7577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7591 environment is another LyX extension.
7592 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7597 key as a fixed whitespace;
7601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7613 \begin_inset space ~
7618 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7623 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7624 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7627 arg "newline-insert newline"
7644 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7645 So, when you finish using the
7649 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7650 Also, you can nest the
7654 environment inside of others.
7657 \begin_layout Standard
7658 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7661 \begin_layout Itemize
7665 arg "newline-insert newline"
7668 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7673 \begin_inset space \space{}
7683 arg "newline-insert newline"
7689 \begin_layout Itemize
7693 arg "newline-insert newline"
7704 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7716 \begin_layout Itemize
7720 arg "space-insert protected"
7727 \begin_layout Itemize
7728 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7729 You must put at least one
7733 in any line you want blank.
7734 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7737 \begin_layout Itemize
7738 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7742 since that will insert
7747 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7750 arg "self-insert \""
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7777 printf("Hello World!
7782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7786 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 This is just the standard
7792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7803 \begin_layout Standard
7808 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7809 rc-files, and so on.
7810 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7811 as if you used a typewriter.
7812 \begin_inset Index idx
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 Paragraph environments|)
7821 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7824 Program Code Listings
7829 \begin_inset space ~
7837 \begin_layout Section
7838 Nesting Environments
7839 \begin_inset Index idx
7842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7843 Nesting ! Environments
7849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7858 \begin_layout Subsection
7862 \begin_layout Standard
7863 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7865 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7867 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7869 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7881 \begin_layout Enumerate
7885 \begin_layout Enumerate
7890 \begin_layout Enumerate
7894 \begin_layout Enumerate
7899 \begin_layout Enumerate
7903 \begin_layout Standard
7904 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7905 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7908 \begin_inset space ~
7912 \begin_inset space ~
7920 \begin_inset space ~
7924 \begin_inset space ~
7933 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7934 will tell you how far you are nested).
7935 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7938 arg "depth-increment"
7944 arg "depth-decrement"
7947 or the convenient key bindings
7958 arg "depth-increment"
7964 arg "depth-decrement"
7967 to change the nesting level.
7968 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7969 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7975 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7976 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7977 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7981 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7982 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7984 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7987 \begin_layout Subsection
7988 What You Can and Can't Nest
7991 \begin_layout Standard
7992 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7993 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7996 \begin_layout Standard
7997 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7998 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7999 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 Completely unnestable
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8016 \begin_layout Standard
8017 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8018 environments have them:
8021 \begin_layout Description
8022 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8023 Can't nest into them.
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Description
8060 \begin_inset space ~
8063 Nestable You can nest them.
8064 You can nest other things into them.
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8117 \begin_layout Description
8118 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8119 You can't nest anything into them.
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Itemize
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \begin_layout Itemize
8205 \begin_inset space ~
8211 \begin_layout Itemize
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8227 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8236 \begin_inset space ~
8240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8244 \begin_inset space \space{}
8247 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8248 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8249 section headings violate this.
8257 \begin_layout Subsection
8258 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8259 \begin_inset Index idx
8262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8263 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8272 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8273 affected by nesting anyhow.
8277 \begin_layout Itemize
8281 \begin_layout Itemize
8285 \begin_layout Itemize
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8291 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8299 Figures and tables in
8303 are not affected by this.
8308 Have a look at section
8309 \begin_inset space ~
8313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8315 reference "sec:Floats"
8319 for more information about
8326 \begin_layout Standard
8327 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8328 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8332 \begin_layout Standard
8333 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8341 of its own, it behaves just like a
8342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8349 paragraph environment.
8350 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 Here's an example with a table:
8358 \begin_layout Enumerate
8363 \begin_layout Enumerate
8364 This is (a) and it's nested.
8368 \begin_layout Standard
8369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8377 \begin_inset Tabular
8378 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8379 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8465 \begin_layout Standard
8466 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8479 \begin_layout Enumerate
8483 \begin_layout Standard
8484 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8487 \begin_layout Enumerate
8492 \begin_layout Enumerate
8493 This is (a) and it's nested.
8497 \begin_layout Standard
8498 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8504 \begin_layout Standard
8506 \begin_inset Tabular
8507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8508 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8595 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8601 \begin_layout Enumerate
8608 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8611 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8616 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8621 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8623 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8626 \begin_layout Enumerate
8631 \begin_layout Enumerate
8632 This is (a) and it's nested.
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8642 \begin_layout Standard
8644 \begin_inset Tabular
8645 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8646 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_layout Standard
8734 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8740 \begin_layout Enumerate
8742 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8749 \begin_layout Enumerate
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8754 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8760 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8761 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8765 \begin_layout Subsection
8766 Usage and General Features
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8770 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8779 is the innermost possible depth.
8780 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8783 \begin_layout Enumerate
8784 level #1 – outermost
8788 \begin_layout Enumerate
8793 \begin_layout Enumerate
8798 \begin_layout Enumerate
8803 \begin_layout Itemize
8808 \begin_layout Itemize
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8818 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8819 both of them in the example.
8820 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8830 For example, if we tried to nest another
8835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8842 , we would get errors.
8845 \begin_layout Subsection
8847 \begin_inset Index idx
8850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8861 We have several examples of nested environments.
8862 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8867 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8870 \begin_layout Labeling
8871 \labelwidthstring MMM
8872 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8881 \begin_layout Labeling
8882 \labelwidthstring MMM
8883 #2-a This is level #2.
8884 We created it by using
8887 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8893 arg "depth-increment"
8900 \begin_layout Labeling
8901 \labelwidthstring MMM
8902 #3-a This is level #3.
8903 This time, we just hit
8910 arg "depth-increment"
8914 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8918 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8924 arg "depth-increment"
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8936 environment, nested inside of
8937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8945 So, it's at level #4.
8946 We did this by hitting
8949 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8955 arg "depth-increment"
8958 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8963 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8979 \begin_layout Standard
8984 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8987 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8993 \begin_layout Labeling
8994 \labelwidthstring MMM
8995 #4-a This is level #4.
8999 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9002 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9007 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9011 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9016 keep nesting things inside
9017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 \begin_layout Labeling
9029 \labelwidthstring MMM
9030 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9037 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9038 and this is level #6.
9039 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9045 #5-b Back to level #5.
9049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9055 arg "depth-decrement"
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9067 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9073 arg "depth-decrement"
9076 , we're back at level #4.
9080 \begin_layout Labeling
9081 \labelwidthstring MMM
9082 #3-b Back to level #3.
9083 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9087 \begin_layout Labeling
9088 \labelwidthstring MMM
9089 #2-b Back to level #2.
9094 \begin_layout Labeling
9095 \labelwidthstring MMM
9096 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9097 After this sentence, we will hit
9101 and change the paragraph environment back to
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 We could have also used the
9125 environment in place of the
9130 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9134 Example 2: Inheritance
9137 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9138 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9141 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9150 arg "depth-increment"
9153 , after which, we will change to the
9161 \begin_layout Enumerate
9166 environment, at level #2.
9169 \begin_layout Enumerate
9170 Notice how the nested
9174 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9178 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9182 \begin_layout Standard
9183 We ended this example by hitting
9188 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9192 and reset the nesting depth by using
9195 arg "depth-decrement"
9201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9202 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9211 \begin_inset Argument
9214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9215 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9223 \begin_layout Enumerate
9224 This is level #1, in an
9228 paragraph environment.
9229 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9233 \begin_layout Enumerate
9238 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9244 arg "depth-increment"
9248 Now, what happens if we nest an
9252 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9253 label be? An asterisk?
9257 \begin_layout Itemize
9267 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9268 So, its label is a bullet.
9269 (We got here by using
9272 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9278 arg "depth-increment"
9281 , then changing the environment to
9289 \begin_layout Itemize
9290 Here's level #4, produced using
9293 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9299 arg "depth-increment"
9303 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9308 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9311 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9316 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9320 , because we are in the
9329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9348 \begin_layout Enumerate
9353 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9354 type of numbering does LyX use?
9357 \begin_layout Enumerate
9358 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9361 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9364 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9367 \begin_layout Enumerate
9371 arg "depth-decrement"
9374 to decrease the depth after the next
9377 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9384 \begin_layout Enumerate
9386 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9390 \begin_layout Enumerate
9392 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9393 numeral as the label.Why?
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9397 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9406 Notice, however, that LyX
9410 reset the counter for the label.
9414 \begin_layout Enumerate
9418 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9424 arg "depth-decrement"
9427 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9428 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9429 into the twofold-nested
9437 \begin_layout Enumerate
9438 The same thing happens if we do another
9441 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9447 arg "depth-decrement"
9450 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9453 \begin_layout Standard
9454 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9459 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9473 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9479 The same rule applies for the
9483 environment, as well.
9486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9487 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9490 \begin_layout Enumerate
9491 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9492 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9493 the same detail with how we did it.
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9510 arg "depth-increment"
9517 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9518 the example in parentheses someplace.
9519 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9520 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9521 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9525 \begin_layout Enumerate
9530 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9535 Now we will add verse.
9536 \begin_inset Newline newline
9539 It will get much worse.
9540 \begin_inset Newline newline
9550 arg "depth-increment"
9561 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9562 \begin_inset Newline newline
9565 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9566 \begin_inset Newline newline
9572 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9592 \begin_layout Standard
9594 \begin_inset Tabular
9595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9596 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9697 arg "depth-increment"
9703 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9713 arg "depth-decrement"
9720 \begin_layout Enumerate
9725 : level #1) This is another item.
9726 Note that selecting a
9730 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9731 3 times to put the table inside the
9739 \begin_layout Quotation
9740 We're now ending the
9744 list and changing to
9749 We're still at level #1.
9750 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9751 The next set of paragraphs is a
9752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9759 We will nest both the
9766 \begin_inset space ~
9771 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9775 for the letter body.
9779 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9782 to preserve the depth.
9783 Remember that you need to use
9786 arg "newline-insert newline"
9789 to create multiple lines inside the
9796 \begin_inset space ~
9806 \begin_layout Right Address
9808 \begin_inset Newline newline
9811 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9812 \begin_inset Newline newline
9818 \begin_layout Address
9820 \begin_inset space ~
9826 \begin_layout Quotation
9827 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9831 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9832 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9833 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9834 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9835 as soon as possible.
9836 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9839 \begin_layout Quotation
9840 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9841 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9842 with your order, along with payment.
9845 \begin_layout Quotation
9846 We thank you again for your patience.
9849 \begin_layout Address
9851 \begin_inset Newline newline
9858 \begin_layout Quotation
9859 That ends that example!
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9863 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9864 just a few keystrokes.
9865 We could have easily nested an
9886 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9889 \begin_layout Section
9890 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9891 \begin_inset Index idx
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9904 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9905 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9906 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9907 be broken at the end of a line.
9908 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9912 \begin_layout Subsection
9914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9916 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9921 \begin_inset Index idx
9924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9934 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9936 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9940 Further documentation is given in section
9941 \begin_inset Newline newline
9945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9947 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9955 \begin_layout Standard
9956 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9971 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 A protected space is set with
9982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9983 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9997 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
10003 \begin_layout Subsection
10005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10007 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10012 \begin_inset Index idx
10015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 Spacing ! Horizontal
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10028 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10032 The length units are listed in Appendix
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10039 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10050 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10055 \begin_inset Index idx
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 Spaces ! Inter-word
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10073 \begin_inset space \space{}
10076 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10077 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10084 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10089 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10090 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10093 arg "space-insert normal"
10099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10103 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10108 \begin_inset Index idx
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10138 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10139 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10140 inside abbreviations:
10143 \begin_layout Quote
10145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10149 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10153 or between values and units.
10154 Compare for example this:
10155 \begin_inset Newline newline
10159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10163 \begin_inset Newline newline
10166 10 kg (normal space
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10170 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10173 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10175 \begin_inset space ~
10183 arg "space-insert thin"
10189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10197 \begin_layout Description
10199 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10206 space A line with a
10207 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10211 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10215 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10218 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10221 \begin_layout Description
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10231 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10235 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10239 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10250 em) space between the arrows.
10253 \begin_layout Description
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10267 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10271 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10282 em) space between the arrows.
10285 \begin_layout Description
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10299 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10303 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10314 em) space between the arrows.
10317 \begin_layout Description
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10323 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10327 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10332 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10339 cm space between the arrows.
10342 \begin_layout Standard
10344 \begin_inset space ~
10348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10350 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10354 lists the different space sizes.
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10358 \begin_inset Float table
10363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10365 \begin_inset Caption
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10370 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10374 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_inset Tabular
10385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10386 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10611 \begin_inset Index idx
10614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10623 \begin_layout Standard
10624 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10625 in a uniform fashion.
10626 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10627 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10628 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10629 equally between themselves.
10632 \begin_layout Standard
10633 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10636 \begin_layout Quote
10638 This is on the left side
10639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10642 This is on the right
10645 \begin_layout Quote
10648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10658 \begin_layout Quote
10661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10676 That was an example in the
10682 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10690 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10693 is one in a standard paragraph.
10694 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10698 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10701 \begin_layout Standard
10702 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10705 \begin_inset space ~
10710 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10727 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10743 \begin_inset space ~
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10751 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10755 \begin_inset space ~
10761 \begin_layout Standard
10763 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10767 \begin_inset space ~
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10775 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10779 \begin_inset space ~
10785 \begin_layout Standard
10786 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10794 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10798 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10799 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10800 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10804 option in the space dialog.
10812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10816 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10821 \begin_inset Index idx
10824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10833 \begin_layout Standard
10834 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10840 \begin_inset space \space{}
10843 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10846 \begin_layout Standard
10847 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10850 What is correct English?:
10851 \begin_inset Newline newline
10855 \begin_inset Newline newline
10859 \begin_inset space ~
10862 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10863 \begin_inset Newline newline
10867 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10878 \begin_inset Newline newline
10882 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10893 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10899 \begin_layout Standard
10900 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10905 \begin_inset space ~
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10920 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10924 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10930 \begin_inset space ~
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10951 That is why it is named
10952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10960 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10961 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10965 \begin_layout Subsection
10967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10969 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10974 \begin_inset Index idx
10977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10986 \begin_layout Standard
10987 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10992 \begin_inset space ~
10998 There you find the following sizes:
11001 \begin_layout Standard
11014 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11019 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11025 \begin_inset Index idx
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11029 Document ! Settings
11034 for the paragraph separation.
11035 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11046 \begin_layout Standard
11052 \begin_inset Index idx
11055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11061 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11062 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11064 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11065 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11074 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11083 s are described in section
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11090 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11099 If there are several
11103 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11104 You can therefore use
11108 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11116 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11117 \begin_inset space ~
11121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11123 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11130 \begin_layout Standard
11131 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11141 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11142 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11154 \begin_layout Subsection
11155 Paragraph Alignment
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11161 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11165 There are five possibilities:
11168 \begin_layout Itemize
11176 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11182 \begin_layout Itemize
11190 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11196 \begin_layout Itemize
11204 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11210 \begin_layout Itemize
11218 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11224 \begin_layout Itemize
11232 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11240 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11241 the left and right margins.
11242 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11245 \begin_layout Standard
11247 This paragraph is right aligned,
11250 \begin_layout Standard
11252 this one is centered,
11255 \begin_layout Standard
11257 this one is left aligned.
11260 \begin_layout Subsection
11262 \begin_inset Index idx
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11266 Page breaks ! Forced
11272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11274 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11282 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11283 can force a page break where you want one.
11284 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11285 Only if you use a lot of
11289 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11292 \begin_layout Standard
11293 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11294 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11298 have to change the page breaking.
11301 \begin_layout Standard
11302 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11304 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11307 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11309 \begin_inset space ~
11315 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11318 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11320 \begin_inset space ~
11325 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11327 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11328 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11331 \begin_layout Standard
11332 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11333 at the top of a page.
11334 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11335 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11336 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11337 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11341 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11345 to learn more about
11352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11356 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11361 \begin_inset Index idx
11364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11365 Page breaks ! Clear
11373 \begin_layout Standard
11374 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11375 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11376 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11377 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11378 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11385 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11387 \begin_inset space ~
11393 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11398 \begin_inset space ~
11402 \begin_inset space ~
11407 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11408 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11411 \begin_layout Subsection
11413 \begin_inset Index idx
11416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11425 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11432 \begin_layout Standard
11433 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11435 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11440 \begin_inset space ~
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11452 arg "newline-insert newline"
11456 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11459 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_inset space ~
11470 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11472 This is useful to avoid
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11480 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11483 \begin_layout Standard
11484 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11485 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11486 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11487 set a line break, e.
11488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11492 \begin_inset space \space{}
11495 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11502 reference "sec:Quote"
11507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11509 reference "sec:Verse"
11514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11516 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11523 \begin_layout Subsection
11525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11527 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11532 \begin_inset Index idx
11535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11544 \begin_layout Standard
11546 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11557 \begin_layout Standard
11561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11562 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11569 you can insert horizontal lines.
11570 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11571 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11572 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11575 \begin_layout Standard
11577 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11588 \begin_layout Section
11589 Characters and Symbols
11592 \begin_layout Standard
11593 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11594 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11599 \begin_inset space \space{}
11602 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11610 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11614 for information on how this is done.
11617 \begin_layout Standard
11618 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11623 dialog via the menu
11625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11626 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11642 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11643 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11651 \begin_layout Section
11652 Fonts and Text Styles
11653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11655 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11662 \begin_layout Subsection
11664 \begin_inset Index idx
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11677 There are two types of fonts:
11680 \begin_layout Description
11682 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_inset Index idx
11689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11695 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11700 characters) in the font.
11701 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11702 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11703 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11704 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11705 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11706 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11707 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11708 \begin_inset Newline newline
11711 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11712 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11713 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11714 sizes than at small ones.
11715 \begin_inset Newline newline
11729 \begin_inset space ~
11737 \begin_layout Description
11739 \begin_inset space ~
11743 \begin_inset Index idx
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11752 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11753 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11754 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11755 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11756 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11757 picture manipulation program.
11758 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11759 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11760 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11761 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11762 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11764 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11765 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11766 \begin_inset Newline newline
11769 Bitmap fonts are named
11772 \begin_inset space ~
11777 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11780 \begin_layout Standard
11781 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11782 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11783 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11784 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11785 use scalable fonts.
11788 \begin_layout Standard
11789 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11790 its document properties.
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11795 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11796 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11797 font to emphasize text, you use an
11798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11806 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11807 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11811 \begin_layout Subsection
11813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11815 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11822 \begin_layout Standard
11823 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11824 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11825 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11827 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11828 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11829 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11830 to usual word processors.
11831 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11832 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11833 across different machines.
11834 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11835 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11837 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11839 \begin_inset space ~
11843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11845 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11850 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11851 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11855 \begin_layout Standard
11856 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11857 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11859 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11860 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11861 that is installed on your system.
11862 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11865 \begin_layout Standard
11866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11874 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11875 es; so you might have to experiment.
11883 \begin_layout Standard
11884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11893 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11901 \begin_layout Subsection
11902 Document Font and Font size
11903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11905 name "sub:Document-Font"
11910 \begin_inset Index idx
11913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11920 \begin_inset Index idx
11923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11932 \begin_layout Standard
11933 You can set the document fonts in the
11935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11939 \begin_inset Index idx
11942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 Document ! Settings
11953 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11954 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11957 \begin_inset space ~
11966 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11967 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11987 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11988 This requires that you use
11994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12033 as the output format, i.
12034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12038 \begin_inset space \space{}
12041 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12042 \begin_inset space ~
12046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12048 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12053 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12054 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12056 \begin_inset space ~
12059 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12060 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12061 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12063 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12066 \begin_layout Standard
12067 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12072 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12077 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12078 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12104 European Computer Modern
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12114 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12117 \begin_layout Standard
12126 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12127 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12132 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12135 \begin_inset space ~
12140 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12146 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12147 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12150 \begin_layout Itemize
12154 \begin_inset space ~
12159 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12177 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12181 as the default font.
12182 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12183 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12186 \begin_inset space ~
12199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12200 One difference is improved kerning.
12208 \begin_layout Itemize
12212 \begin_inset space ~
12216 \begin_inset space ~
12221 fonts in (the rare) case that
12224 \begin_inset space ~
12229 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12244 Virtual means that it
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12256 -glyphs from other fonts.
12257 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12279 Loading the LaTeX-package
12284 \begin_inset Index idx
12287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12288 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12293 with the document preamble line
12294 \begin_inset Newline newline
12301 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12302 \begin_inset Newline newline
12307 will fix the guillemet problem.
12312 and that accented characters are not
12316 glyph, but built of
12320 characters, the accent and the letter.
12321 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12327 If you search for example for the French word
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12344 and not for the glyph
12345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12349 \begin_inset space ~
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12359 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 If you do not like the look of
12368 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12373 \begin_inset space ~
12379 \begin_inset space ~
12389 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12390 \begin_inset space ~
12393 serif and typewriter fonts,
12397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12398 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12405 \begin_inset space ~
12414 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12419 \begin_inset space \space{}
12427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12431 \begin_inset space \space{}
12437 \begin_inset space ~
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12455 but you can also select your own.
12456 \begin_inset Newline newline
12459 The differences between roman,
12462 \begin_inset space ~
12471 fonts are explained in section
12472 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12478 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12483 \begin_inset Newline newline
12489 \begin_inset space ~
12494 was originally designed for newspapers.
12495 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12496 into the small newspaper columns.
12500 \begin_inset space ~
12505 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12522 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12527 depends on the class you are using.
12528 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12531 \begin_layout Standard
12532 Note that the font size is the
12537 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12538 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12539 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12542 \begin_inset space ~
12548 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12549 \begin_inset space ~
12553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12555 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12567 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12569 \begin_inset space ~
12572 serif or typewriter.
12577 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12587 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12608 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12614 \begin_inset Index idx
12617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12618 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12624 \begin_inset space ~
12628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12630 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12635 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12636 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12643 \begin_layout Standard
12644 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12646 Use Old Style Figures
12650 Use True Small Caps
12653 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12656 Use Old Style Figures
12658 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12660 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12668 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12672 Use True Small Caps
12674 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12675 of scaled capitals.
12676 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12677 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12685 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12686 a font to display the script characters.
12690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12696 \begin_inset Index idx
12699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12700 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12705 So this has no effect for the document language
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12734 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12738 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12739 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12740 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12742 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 dialog, see section
12746 \begin_inset space ~
12750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12752 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12764 \begin_layout Subsection
12765 Using Different Character Styles
12766 \begin_inset Index idx
12769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_inset Index idx
12779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 \begin_layout Standard
12789 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12790 certain paragraph environments.
12791 LyX supports two character styles,
12800 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12809 style, do one of the following:
12812 \begin_layout Itemize
12813 click on the toolbar button
12822 \begin_layout Itemize
12823 use the key binding
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 These commands are all toggles.
12838 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12841 \begin_layout Standard
12842 One typically uses the
12846 style for proper names.
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12855 is the original author of LyX.
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 A more widely used character style is the
12868 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12875 \begin_layout Itemize
12876 clicking on the toolbar button
12885 \begin_layout Itemize
12886 using the keybindings
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12900 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12901 es use a different font.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 We've been using the
12909 style all over the place in this document.
12910 Here's one more example:
12913 \begin_layout Quotation
12916 Do not overuse character styles!
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12921 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12922 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12923 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12927 \begin_layout Standard
12928 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 \begin_inset space ~
12946 \begin_layout Subsection
12947 Fine-Tuning with the
12952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12954 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12959 \begin_inset Index idx
12962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12973 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12974 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12975 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12976 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12977 from ordinary dialog.
12980 \begin_layout Standard
12981 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12982 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12983 \begin_inset Newline newline
12986 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12987 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12990 \begin_layout Standard
12991 To use custom character styles, open the
12993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12995 \begin_inset space ~
12998 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 dialog or press the toolbar button
13004 arg "dialog-show character"
13008 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13009 font property that you can choose.
13010 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13013 \begin_inset space ~
13018 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13023 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13024 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13025 environments in a snap.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13032 \begin_inset space ~
13044 \begin_layout Labeling
13045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 The possible options are:
13063 \begin_layout Labeling
13064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13069 This is the Roman font family.
13070 Normally a serif font.
13071 It's also the default family.
13081 \begin_layout Labeling
13082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13086 \begin_inset space ~
13093 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13105 \begin_layout Labeling
13106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13113 This is the Typewriter font family.
13119 arg "font-typewriter"
13128 \begin_layout Labeling
13129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13134 This corresponds to the print weight.
13139 \begin_layout Labeling
13140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13145 This is the Medium font series.
13146 It's also the default series.
13149 \begin_layout Labeling
13150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13157 This is the Bold font series.
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13176 As the name implies.
13181 \begin_layout Labeling
13182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 This is the Upright font shape.
13188 It's also the default shape.
13191 \begin_layout Labeling
13192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13206 s the Italic font shape
13212 \begin_layout Labeling
13213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13220 This is the Slanted font shape
13222 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13225 \begin_layout Labeling
13226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13230 \begin_inset space ~
13237 This is the Small caps font shape
13244 \begin_layout Labeling
13245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13250 Alters the size of the font.
13251 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13252 proportional to the document font size.
13253 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13254 what you want to do.
13259 \begin_layout Labeling
13260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13281 arg "font-size tiny"
13287 \begin_layout Labeling
13288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13315 \begin_layout Labeling
13316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13343 \begin_layout Labeling
13344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 arg "font-size small"
13371 \begin_layout Labeling
13372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13386 It's also the default size.
13390 arg "font-size normal"
13396 \begin_layout Labeling
13397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13418 arg "font-size large"
13424 \begin_layout Labeling
13425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 arg "font-size larger"
13452 \begin_layout Labeling
13453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 arg "font-size largest"
13480 \begin_layout Labeling
13481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 arg "font-size huge"
13508 \begin_layout Labeling
13509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13530 arg "font-size giant"
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13542 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 arg "font-size increase"
13568 \begin_layout Labeling
13569 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13574 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13594 arg "font-size decrease"
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13606 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13607 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13608 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13609 — use those instead.
13610 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13613 \begin_layout Labeling
13614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13619 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13624 \begin_layout Labeling
13625 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13632 This is text with emphasize on
13635 This might seem like the same as
13639 , but it is actually a bit different.
13645 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13647 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13650 \begin_layout Labeling
13651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13658 This is text with Underbar on.
13664 arg "font-underline"
13670 \begin_inset Newline newline
13675 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13676 when you could not change fonts.
13677 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13678 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13682 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13685 \begin_layout Labeling
13686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13690 \begin_inset space ~
13697 This is text with Double underbar on.
13703 arg "font-underunderline"
13707 \begin_inset Newline newline
13710 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13711 about double underbar.
13714 \begin_layout Labeling
13715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13726 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13732 arg "font-underwave"
13736 \begin_inset Newline newline
13739 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13740 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13743 \begin_layout Labeling
13744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13751 This is text with Strikeout on.
13757 arg "font-strikeout"
13761 \begin_inset Newline newline
13764 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13765 changed in the meantime.
13768 \begin_layout Labeling
13769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13776 This is text with Noun on.
13783 , this is a logical attribute.
13784 Normally it's equivalent to
13787 \begin_inset space ~
13796 \begin_layout Labeling
13797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13802 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13803 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13807 \begin_inset space ~
13812 , which is the default
13813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13820 and means normally black, you can choose between
13853 \begin_inset Index idx
13856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13865 \begin_layout Labeling
13866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13871 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13872 the language of the document.
13873 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13875 \begin_inset Newline newline
13878 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13879 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13880 When using the spell checking (see section
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13887 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13891 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13894 \begin_layout Standard
13895 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13896 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13900 \begin_inset space ~
13905 dialog, the settings are saved.
13906 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13909 arg "textstyle-apply"
13913 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13917 \begin_layout Standard
13918 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13925 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13926 (suppose you just set the shape to
13927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13945 \begin_inset space ~
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13966 \begin_inset space ~
13978 \begin_layout Itemize
13984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13991 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14009 \begin_inset Newline newline
14013 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14027 \begin_inset Note Note
14030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14031 For more on phantoms see section
14032 \begin_inset space ~
14036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14038 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14048 \begin_inset Newline newline
14054 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 fonts use characters with serifs.
14060 These are the small
14061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14068 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14069 The following example shows the difference:
14070 \begin_inset Newline newline
14074 \begin_inset Newline newline
14079 text without serifs
14082 \begin_inset Newline newline
14085 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14086 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14093 \begin_layout Itemize
14098 is not recommended to use a base type.
14099 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14100 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14111 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14112 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14113 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14115 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14116 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14117 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14136 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14144 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14148 \begin_inset space ~
14153 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14169 \begin_inset space \space{}
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14191 \begin_inset space ~
14196 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14208 \begin_layout Standard
14209 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14210 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14213 \begin_layout Section
14214 Printing and Previewing
14217 \begin_layout Subsection
14221 \begin_layout Standard
14222 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14223 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14224 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14225 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14226 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14228 Additional Features
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14234 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14235 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14236 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14237 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14238 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14239 This happens in two stages:
14242 \begin_layout Enumerate
14243 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14244 generating a file with the extension,
14245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14259 \begin_layout Enumerate
14260 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14264 file to produce printable output.
14268 \begin_layout Subsection
14269 Output file formats
14270 \begin_inset Index idx
14273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14282 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14290 Simple text (ASCII)
14291 \begin_inset Index idx
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14295 File formats ! ASCII
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 This file type has the extension
14305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14334 \begin_inset space ~
14341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 \begin_inset space ~
14348 \begin_inset space ~
14354 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14360 \begin_inset Index idx
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 File formats ! LaTeX
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 This file type has the extension
14374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14387 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14388 it manually with console commands.
14389 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14390 you view or export your document.
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14396 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14397 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14413 \begin_inset space ~
14417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14419 reference "sub:Export"
14426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14428 \begin_inset Index idx
14431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 This file type has the extension
14442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14462 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14463 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14464 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14468 \begin_layout Standard
14469 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14470 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14471 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14472 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14473 when you view the DVI.
14474 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14477 \begin_layout Standard
14478 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14486 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 The latter option uses the program
14515 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14516 font access (see section
14517 \begin_inset space ~
14521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14523 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14528 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14529 standard TeX processor.
14532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14534 \begin_inset Index idx
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 File formats ! PostScript
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14547 This file type has the extension
14548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 PostScript was developed by the company
14564 as a printer language.
14565 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14567 PostScript can be seen as a
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 programming language
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14586 \begin_inset Index idx
14589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14590 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14600 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14603 \begin_layout Standard
14604 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 Encapsulated PostScript
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 (EPS, file extension
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14625 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14626 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14632 \begin_inset space \space{}
14636 \begin_inset space ~
14639 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14640 \begin_inset space ~
14643 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14644 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14645 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14646 EPS to avoid this problem.
14649 \begin_layout Standard
14650 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14659 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14661 \begin_inset Index idx
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_inset Index idx
14674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14683 \begin_layout Standard
14684 This file type has the extension
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 Portable Document Format
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14709 was derived from PostScript.
14710 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14720 looks exactly the same.
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14728 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14732 (JPG, file extension
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 Portable Network Graphics
14761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 (PNG, file extension
14765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14777 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14778 background to one of these formats.
14779 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14780 will slow down your workflow.
14781 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14787 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14793 \begin_layout Description
14795 \begin_inset space ~
14798 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14802 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14803 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14807 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14808 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14811 \begin_layout Description
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14816 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14820 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14824 \begin_layout Description
14826 \begin_inset space ~
14829 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14833 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14836 \begin_layout Description
14838 \begin_inset space ~
14845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 X) This uses the program
14856 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14861 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14862 font access (see section
14863 \begin_inset space ~
14867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14869 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14874 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14875 y written Japanese.
14878 \begin_layout Description
14880 \begin_inset space ~
14887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14894 X) This uses the program
14898 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14903 is an even newer engine, derived from
14907 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14908 access (see section
14909 \begin_inset space ~
14913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14915 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14920 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14921 standard TeX processor.
14924 \begin_layout Standard
14928 \begin_inset space ~
14937 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14938 works without problems.
14939 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14940 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14944 \begin_inset space ~
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 \begin_inset space ~
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14989 \begin_inset Index idx
14992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14993 FileFormats ! XHTML
14999 \begin_inset Index idx
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15012 This file type has the extension
15013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15025 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15026 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
15027 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15028 suitable for the purpose.
15029 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15035 between different formats, which are described in section
15037 Math Output in XHTML
15042 \begin_inset space ~
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 XHTML output remains
15052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15059 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15062 LyX and the World Wide Web
15066 Additional Features
15068 manual, for more information.
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15074 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15075 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15081 \begin_layout Subsection
15083 \begin_inset Index idx
15086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15097 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15106 or use the toolbar button
15113 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15114 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15121 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15125 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15133 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15138 Further output formats can be selected via
15140 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15143 or the toolbar button
15144 \begin_inset Graphics
15145 filename ../images/view-others.png
15147 groupId toolbarbuttons
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15155 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15156 viewer window using the menu
15158 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15164 Update (Other Formats)
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15170 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15172 To have a real output, export your document.
15175 \begin_layout Subsection
15176 Printing the File from within LyX
15177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15179 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15187 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15188 it directly from within LyX.
15189 To print a file, select the menu
15191 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15194 or click on the toolbar button
15197 arg "dialog-show print"
15201 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15202 This file is then processed by the program
15206 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15211 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15214 \begin_layout Standard
15215 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15216 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15217 printing one set to print on the other side.
15218 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15219 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15220 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 You can set the following print parameters in the
15227 \begin_inset space ~
15235 \begin_layout Labeling
15236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15241 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15246 Note that this printer name is for the program
15255 has to be configured for this printer name.
15256 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15257 \begin_inset space ~
15261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15263 reference "sub:Printer"
15272 The printer should understand PostScript.
15275 \begin_layout Labeling
15276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15281 The name of a file to print to.
15282 The output will be a PostScript file.
15283 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15287 \begin_layout Section
15288 A few Words about Typography
15289 \begin_inset Index idx
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 \begin_layout Subsection
15302 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15303 \begin_inset Index idx
15306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15313 \begin_inset Index idx
15316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 \begin_layout Standard
15327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15338 character comes in four lengths: the
15350 , and the minus sign:
15351 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15358 \begin_inset Tabular
15359 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15360 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15361 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15362 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15363 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15364 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15433 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15460 \begin_inset space ~
15463 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15470 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15497 \begin_inset space ~
15500 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15521 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15555 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 character multiple times in a row.
15575 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15576 the final output, but not in LyX.
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 \begin_layout Standard
15609 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15610 math mode and has a length of its own.
15611 Here are some examples:
15614 \begin_layout Enumerate
15615 line- and page-breaks
15616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15626 \begin_layout Enumerate
15628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15638 \begin_layout Enumerate
15639 Oh — there's a dash.
15640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15650 \begin_layout Enumerate
15651 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15665 \begin_layout Subsection
15667 \begin_inset Index idx
15670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15679 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15686 \begin_layout Standard
15687 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15688 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15693 \begin_inset Index idx
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15697 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15702 following the rules of the document language.
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15706 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15711 font and with unusual constructs, like
15712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15720 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15722 This is done with the menu
15724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15725 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15727 \begin_inset space ~
15733 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15734 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15738 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15739 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15749 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15757 as a hyphenation possibility.
15758 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15759 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15760 as described in section
15761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 Prevent Hyphenation
15765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15771 \begin_inset space ~
15779 \begin_layout Subsection
15781 \begin_inset Index idx
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15794 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15797 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15806 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15807 LaTeX then adds the
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15811 appropriate amount of space
15812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15816 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15818 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15819 gets after another word.
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15823 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15824 not work in all cases.
15826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15837 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15838 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 Here are some examples of
15846 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15849 \begin_layout Itemize
15854 \begin_layout Itemize
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15860 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15863 \begin_layout Itemize
15865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15869 this is too much space!
15872 \begin_layout Itemize
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15878 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15881 \begin_layout Standard
15882 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15885 \begin_layout Enumerate
15889 \begin_inset space ~
15894 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15895 \begin_inset space ~
15899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15901 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15906 \begin_inset Index idx
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 Spaces ! inter-word
15918 \begin_layout Enumerate
15922 \begin_inset space ~
15927 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15928 \begin_inset space ~
15932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15934 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15939 \begin_inset Index idx
15942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15951 \begin_layout Enumerate
15955 \begin_inset space ~
15959 \begin_inset space ~
15963 \begin_inset space ~
15970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15972 \begin_inset space ~
15977 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15978 This function is also bound to
15981 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15987 \begin_layout Standard
15988 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15991 \begin_layout Itemize
15993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15997 \begin_inset space \space{}
16000 this is too much space!
16003 \begin_layout Itemize
16004 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
16010 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16011 will take care of this.
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16015 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16019 \begin_inset space ~
16024 feature described in section
16030 Additional Features
16035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16037 \begin_inset Index idx
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 Typography ! Quotes
16047 \begin_inset Index idx
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 \begin_layout Standard
16082 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16083 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16084 and use a closing quote at the end.
16086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16094 The keyboard character,
16098 , generates this automatically.
16101 \begin_layout Standard
16102 You can specify what character the
16106 key produces using the submenu
16112 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16116 \begin_inset Index idx
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 Document ! Settings
16130 There are six choices:
16133 \begin_layout Labeling
16134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16146 Use quotes like this
16147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16157 \begin_layout Labeling
16158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16161 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16165 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16171 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16175 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16181 \begin_layout Labeling
16182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16185 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16189 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16195 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16199 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16205 \begin_layout Labeling
16206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16209 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16213 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16219 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16223 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16229 \begin_layout Labeling
16230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16233 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16237 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16243 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16247 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16253 \begin_layout Labeling
16254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16257 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16261 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16267 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16271 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16277 \begin_layout Subsection
16279 \begin_inset Index idx
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16283 Typography ! Ligatures
16289 \begin_inset Index idx
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16323 name "sub:Ligatures"
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16331 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16332 print them as single characters.
16333 These groups are known as
16338 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16340 Here are the standard ligatures:
16343 \begin_layout Itemize
16347 \begin_layout Itemize
16351 \begin_layout Itemize
16355 \begin_layout Itemize
16359 \begin_layout Itemize
16363 \begin_layout Standard
16364 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16368 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16369 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16377 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16393 To break a ligature, use
16395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16398 \begin_inset space ~
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16416 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16433 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16441 \begin_layout Subsection
16443 \begin_inset Index idx
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16455 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16463 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16464 characters in different sizes and heights.
16465 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16466 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16486 \begin_inset Note Note
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16498 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16499 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16504 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16508 \begin_layout Description
16509 LyX The name of the game, write
16510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16531 \begin_layout Description
16532 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16554 \begin_layout Description
16555 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16577 \begin_layout Description
16578 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16601 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16606 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16614 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16615 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16616 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16619 : The actual version is
16620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16627 , the previous one was
16628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16639 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16644 \begin_inset space \space{}
16647 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16649 This will look in LyX like:
16650 \begin_inset Graphics
16651 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16657 \begin_inset Newline newline
16660 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16661 \begin_inset space ~
16665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16667 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16674 \begin_layout Subsection
16676 \begin_inset Index idx
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16689 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16690 space between two words.
16691 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16701 for units use the menu
16703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16704 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16706 \begin_inset space ~
16714 arg "space-insert thin"
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16721 Here is an example to show the differences:
16724 \begin_layout Standard
16725 \begin_inset Tabular
16726 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16727 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16728 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16729 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 \begin_inset space ~
16740 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 space between number and unit
16759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16768 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 half space between number and unit
16793 \begin_layout Subsection
16795 \begin_inset Index idx
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16808 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16810 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16811 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16812 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16813 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16814 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16815 These bits of text became known as
16826 \begin_layout Standard
16827 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16828 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16829 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16830 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16831 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16832 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16833 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16836 \begin_layout Standard
16837 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16838 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16839 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16840 \begin_inset space ~
16844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16846 key "latexcompanion"
16851 \begin_inset space ~
16855 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16861 ) may have more information.
16862 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16865 \begin_layout Chapter
16866 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16869 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16876 \begin_layout Standard
16877 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16880 \begin_inset space ~
16886 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16889 \begin_layout Section
16891 \begin_inset Index idx
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16910 \begin_layout Standard
16911 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16914 \begin_layout Description
16916 \begin_inset space ~
16919 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16920 \begin_inset Newline newline
16924 \begin_inset Note Note
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16936 \begin_layout Description
16937 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16938 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16940 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16941 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16943 \begin_inset space ~
16949 \begin_inset Newline newline
16953 \begin_inset Note Comment
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16965 \begin_layout Description
16967 \begin_inset space ~
16970 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16971 set in the document settings under
16973 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16975 \begin_inset space ~
16981 \begin_inset Newline newline
16985 \begin_inset Newline newline
16989 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16999 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
17004 of a comment that appears in the output.
17010 \begin_inset Newline newline
17014 \begin_inset Newline newline
17017 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17018 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17021 \begin_layout Standard
17022 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17034 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17037 \begin_layout Section
17039 \begin_inset Index idx
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17051 name "sec:Footnotes"
17058 \begin_layout Standard
17059 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17065 or the toolbar button
17068 arg "footnote-insert"
17080 \begin_inset Graphics
17081 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17090 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17119 label, the box will
17123 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17124 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17137 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17138 and click on the footnote
17153 \begin_layout Standard
17154 Here is an example footnote:
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17171 \begin_layout Standard
17172 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17173 position where the footnote box is placed.
17174 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17175 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17176 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17178 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17179 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17184 ey are described in the
17187 \begin_inset space ~
17195 \begin_layout Section
17197 \begin_inset Index idx
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17209 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17216 \begin_layout Standard
17217 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17218 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17220 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17222 \begin_inset space ~
17227 or the toolbar button
17230 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17256 appearing within your text.
17257 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17266 \begin_layout Standard
17267 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17271 \begin_inset Marginal
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 This is a marginal note.
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17284 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17285 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17286 pages, right on odd pages.
17289 \begin_layout Standard
17290 For further information about marginal notes see section
17293 \begin_inset space ~
17301 \begin_inset space ~
17309 \begin_layout Section
17310 Graphics and Images
17311 \begin_inset Index idx
17314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 \begin_inset Index idx
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17333 name "sec:Graphics"
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17341 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17342 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17345 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17354 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17358 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17363 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17364 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17366 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17373 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17385 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17386 of the image in the output.
17387 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17391 \begin_inset space ~
17395 \begin_inset space ~
17404 \begin_inset space ~
17408 \begin_inset space ~
17412 \begin_inset space ~
17417 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17418 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17426 \begin_layout Standard
17429 LaTeX and LyX options
17431 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17432 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17436 \begin_inset space ~
17441 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17442 with the image size is printed.
17446 \begin_inset space ~
17450 \begin_inset space ~
17454 \begin_inset space ~
17459 is explained in the
17462 \begin_inset space ~
17474 \begin_layout Standard
17475 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17476 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17478 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17484 \begin_inset Graphics
17485 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17493 \begin_layout Standard
17494 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17495 the image into a float, see section
17496 \begin_inset space ~
17500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17502 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17509 \begin_layout Subsection
17511 \begin_inset Index idx
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17523 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17530 \begin_layout Standard
17531 You can insert images in any known file format.
17532 But as we explained in section
17533 \begin_inset space ~
17537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17539 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17543 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17544 LyX therefore uses the program
17548 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17549 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17550 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17551 \begin_inset space ~
17555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17557 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17564 \begin_layout Standard
17565 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17568 \begin_layout Description
17570 \begin_inset space ~
17573 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17574 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17575 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17579 Graphics Interchange Format
17580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17583 (GIF, file extension
17584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17596 \begin_inset Index idx
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17631 Portable Network Graphics
17632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17635 (PNG, file extension
17636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17648 \begin_inset Index idx
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17683 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17687 (JPG, file extension
17688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17712 \begin_inset Index idx
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 \begin_layout Description
17748 \begin_inset space ~
17751 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17753 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17754 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17755 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17756 \begin_inset Newline newline
17759 Scalable image formats can be
17760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17763 Scalable Vector Graphics
17764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17767 (SVG, file extension
17768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17780 \begin_inset Index idx
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17815 Encapsulated PostScript
17816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17819 (EPS, file extension
17820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17832 \begin_inset Index idx
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17867 Portable Document Format
17868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17871 (PDF, file extension
17872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17884 \begin_inset Index idx
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17902 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17903 result will not be scalable.
17904 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17919 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17923 \begin_layout Subsection
17924 Grouping of Image Settings
17925 \begin_inset Index idx
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 Images ! Settings grouping
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17938 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17940 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17941 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17943 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17944 need to manually change each of them.
17948 \begin_layout Standard
17949 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17952 \begin_inset space ~
17957 field in the Graphics dialog.
17958 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17959 by checking the name of the desired group.
17962 \begin_layout Section
17964 \begin_inset Index idx
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17983 \begin_layout Standard
17984 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17987 arg "tabular-insert"
17992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17996 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17997 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17998 from the rest of the table.
17999 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
18000 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
18002 Here is an example table:
18005 \begin_layout Standard
18007 \begin_inset Tabular
18008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
18009 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 \begin_layout Subsection
18217 \begin_layout Standard
18218 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18219 brings up the table dialog.
18220 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18221 where the cursor is placed currently.
18222 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18223 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18224 done on all of your selection.
18227 \begin_layout Standard
18228 In addition to the table dialog, the
18231 \begin_inset space ~
18236 helps you in setting table properties.
18237 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18240 \begin_layout Standard
18244 \begin_inset space ~
18249 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18250 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18251 current cell respectively.
18252 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18254 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18255 of text, see section
18256 \begin_inset space ~
18260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18262 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18269 \begin_layout Standard
18270 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18271 using the check box
18280 This will merge the cells to
18284 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18285 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18286 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18287 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18288 in the last row without the upper border:
18291 \begin_layout Standard
18293 \begin_inset Tabular
18294 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18295 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18297 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 \begin_layout Standard
18431 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18432 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18433 explained in the chapter
18440 \begin_inset space ~
18446 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18450 degrees counterclockwise.
18451 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18454 \begin_layout Standard
18455 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 Most DVI-viewers are
18467 able to display rotations.
18475 \begin_layout Standard
18480 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18485 adds lines for all cell borders.
18488 \begin_layout Subsection
18490 \begin_inset Index idx
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 Tables ! Longtables
18500 \begin_inset Index idx
18503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 \begin_layout Standard
18513 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18516 \begin_inset space ~
18520 \begin_inset space ~
18529 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18530 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18533 \begin_layout Description
18538 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18539 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18540 except for the first page, if
18543 \begin_inset space ~
18551 \begin_layout Description
18555 \begin_inset space ~
18560 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18561 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18564 \begin_layout Description
18569 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18570 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18571 except for the last page, if
18574 \begin_inset space ~
18582 \begin_layout Description
18586 \begin_inset space ~
18591 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18592 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18595 \begin_layout Description
18596 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18597 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18603 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18606 \begin_inset space ~
18614 \begin_layout Standard
18615 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18616 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18617 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18623 In this context, first means first in this order:
18626 \begin_inset space ~
18638 \begin_inset space ~
18643 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18646 \begin_layout Standard
18648 \begin_inset Tabular
18649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18650 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18651 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18652 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18653 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18654 <row endfirsthead="true">
18655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18666 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18675 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <row endfirsthead="true">
18686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <row endhead="true">
18719 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <row endhead="true">
18750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <row endfoot="true">
18783 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18794 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18803 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18834 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19793 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19804 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19897 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20145 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20207 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20238 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20331 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20393 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20455 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20486 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20517 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20548 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20703 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20734 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20764 <row endlastfoot="true">
20765 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20776 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20785 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 \begin_layout Subsection
20804 \begin_inset Index idx
20807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20816 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20823 \begin_layout Standard
20824 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20825 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20826 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20827 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20831 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20834 \begin_layout Standard
20835 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20836 for the column in the table dialog.
20837 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20838 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20844 \begin_inset Tabular
20845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20846 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20848 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20869 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20938 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 This is longer now.
20999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21050 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21051 This is longer now.
21056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21082 \begin_layout Standard
21083 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21084 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21089 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21090 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21096 Selection with the mouse or with
21100 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21101 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21102 the selection from outside the table.
21105 \begin_layout Section
21107 \begin_inset Index idx
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21126 \begin_layout Subsection
21130 \begin_layout Standard
21131 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21132 have a fixed location.
21134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21141 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21149 \begin_inset space ~
21154 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21155 too many notes on the current page.
21158 \begin_layout Standard
21159 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21160 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21161 and pages without text.
21162 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21163 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21164 Floats are therefore numbered.
21165 Referencing is described in section
21166 \begin_inset space ~
21170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21172 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21179 \begin_layout Standard
21180 To insert a float, use the menu
21182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21186 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21187 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21189 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21190 \begin_inset Index idx
21193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21199 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21200 paragraph within the float.
21201 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21202 by left-clicking on the box label.
21203 A closed float box looks like this:
21204 \begin_inset Graphics
21205 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21210 – a gray button with a red label.
21213 \begin_layout Standard
21214 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21215 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21218 \begin_layout Subsection
21222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21226 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21231 \begin_inset Index idx
21234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21235 Floats ! Figure floats
21243 \begin_layout Standard
21245 \begin_inset space ~
21249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21251 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21255 was created using the menu
21257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21258 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21261 or the toolbar button
21264 arg "float-insert figure"
21268 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21274 or the toolbar button
21277 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21281 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21282 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21284 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21286 \begin_inset space ~
21291 or the toolbar button
21294 arg "layout-paragraph"
21300 \begin_layout Standard
21301 \begin_inset Float figure
21306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21308 \begin_inset Graphics
21309 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21319 \begin_inset Caption
21321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21324 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21328 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21342 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21343 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21348 or the toolbar button
21354 and refer to it using the menu
21356 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21359 or the toolbar button
21362 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21366 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21375 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21385 For more about cross-references, see section
21386 \begin_inset space ~
21390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21392 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21400 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21401 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21402 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21403 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21404 as described in section
21405 \begin_inset space ~
21409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21411 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21417 \begin_inset space ~
21421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21423 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21427 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21428 You can also set the images one below the other.
21430 \begin_inset space ~
21434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21436 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21443 reference "fig:Platypus"
21447 are the subfigures.
21450 \begin_layout Standard
21451 \begin_inset Float figure
21456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21457 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21461 \begin_inset Float figure
21466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21467 \begin_inset Caption
21469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21470 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21472 name "fig:Undefinable"
21484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 \begin_inset Graphics
21486 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21497 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21501 \begin_inset Float figure
21506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21507 \begin_inset Caption
21509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21512 name "fig:Platypus"
21524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21525 \begin_inset Graphics
21526 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21538 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21545 \begin_inset Caption
21547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21550 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21554 Two distorted images.
21567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21569 \begin_inset Index idx
21572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21573 Floats ! Table floats
21581 \begin_layout Standard
21582 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21585 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21588 or the toolbar button
21591 arg "float-insert table"
21595 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21598 \begin_inset space ~
21602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21604 reference "tab:Table-float"
21611 \begin_layout Standard
21612 \begin_inset Float table
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21618 \begin_inset Caption
21620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21623 name "tab:Table-float"
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21637 \begin_inset Tabular
21638 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21639 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21640 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21641 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21642 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21769 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21790 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21793 \end{array}\right]$
21801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21814 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21835 \begin_layout Subsection
21837 \begin_inset Index idx
21840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21850 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21851 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21852 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21854 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21862 \begin_inset space ~
21870 \begin_layout Section
21872 \begin_inset Index idx
21875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21884 name "sec:Minipages"
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21892 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21894 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21895 \begin_inset space \space{}
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21903 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21909 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21910 and its alignment within the page.
21913 \begin_layout Standard
21915 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21925 height_special "totalheight"
21928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21931 This is a minipage.
21932 The text is set in an italic style.
21935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21939 another formatting.
21947 \begin_layout Standard
21948 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21951 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21955 as described in section
21956 \begin_inset space ~
21960 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21962 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21967 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21984 height_special "totalheight"
21987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21988 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21989 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21995 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21999 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22009 height_special "totalheight"
22012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22014 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22023 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
22032 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22039 \begin_inset space ~
22047 \begin_layout Chapter
22048 Mathematical Formulas
22049 \begin_inset Index idx
22052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 \begin_inset Index idx
22062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22093 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22101 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22106 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22109 \begin_layout Section
22111 \begin_inset Index idx
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 \begin_layout Standard
22124 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22131 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22133 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22134 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22135 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22143 \begin_layout Standard
22144 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22148 \begin_inset space ~
22153 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22156 \begin_layout Standard
22157 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22158 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22161 \begin_layout Standard
22162 This is a line with an inline formula
22163 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22169 \begin_layout Standard
22170 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22171 paragraph, like this one:
22172 \begin_inset Formula
22179 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22182 \begin_layout Standard
22183 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22189 \begin_inset space \space{}
22193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22206 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22207 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22211 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22214 \begin_inset space ~
22222 \begin_layout Subsection
22223 Navigating in Formulas
22224 \begin_inset Index idx
22227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22237 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22238 achieved with the arrow keys.
22239 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22240 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22245 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22246 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22250 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22254 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22257 \end{array}\right]$
22265 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22270 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22271 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22274 \begin_layout Standard
22279 , printed in this document as
22280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22301 \begin_inset Note Note
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22305 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22306 the space character (visible space).
22311 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22312 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22313 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22318 For example, if you want
22319 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22373 , since in the latter case only the
22376 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22381 will be under the square root sign:
22382 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22388 \begin_layout Standard
22389 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22391 \begin_inset Formula
22393 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22402 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22403 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22406 \begin_layout Subsection
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22411 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22412 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22416 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22417 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22418 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22419 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22420 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22423 \begin_layout Subsection
22424 Exponents and Subscripts
22425 \begin_inset Index idx
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 \begin_inset Index idx
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22447 \begin_layout Standard
22448 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22451 arg "math-superscript"
22457 arg "math-subscript"
22460 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22462 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22465 , type in a formula
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22487 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22493 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22497 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22518 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22527 , you have to use an extra
22531 to separate the hat and the character.
22533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22537 \begin_inset space \space{}
22541 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22562 Subscripts are similar: To get
22563 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22586 \begin_layout Subsection
22588 \begin_inset Index idx
22591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22600 \begin_layout Standard
22601 Create a fraction with either the command
22610 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22616 \begin_inset space ~
22622 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22623 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22624 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22629 To move back up, press
22634 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22635 \begin_inset Formula
22637 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22640 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22648 \begin_layout Subsection
22650 \begin_inset Index idx
22653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22663 Roots can be created using the
22666 \begin_inset space ~
22674 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22680 arg "math-insert \\root"
22702 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22708 produces always a square root.
22711 \begin_layout Subsection
22712 Operators with Limits
22713 \begin_inset Index idx
22716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22723 \begin_inset Index idx
22726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22735 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22742 \begin_layout Standard
22744 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22748 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22751 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22752 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22753 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22754 The sum operator will automatically place its
22755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22762 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22765 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22769 \begin_inset Formula
22771 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22776 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22780 \begin_layout Standard
22781 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22783 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22784 behind the operator and hitting
22792 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22793 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22795 \begin_inset space ~
22799 \begin_inset space ~
22807 \begin_layout Standard
22808 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22816 feature as addition, such as
22817 \begin_inset Index idx
22820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22827 \begin_inset Formula
22829 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22834 which will place the
22835 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22847 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22848 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22854 \begin_layout Standard
22855 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22862 Have a look at section
22863 \begin_inset space ~
22867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22869 reference "sub:Functions"
22873 for an explanation of function macros.
22876 \begin_layout Subsection
22878 \begin_inset Index idx
22881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22890 \begin_layout Standard
22891 Most math symbols can be found in the
22894 \begin_inset space ~
22899 under one of several categories; including
22916 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22921 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22922 you don't have to use the
22925 \begin_inset space ~
22930 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22931 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22934 \begin_layout Subsection
22936 \begin_inset Index idx
22939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22948 \begin_layout Standard
22949 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22954 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22960 \begin_inset space ~
22970 arg "math-insert \\space"
22976 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22977 For example, the sequence
22982 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22986 \begin_inset Graphics
22987 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22992 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22993 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22994 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22995 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22997 Here are two examples:
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23010 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23026 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23032 \begin_layout Subsection
23034 \begin_inset Index idx
23037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23046 name "sub:Functions"
23053 \begin_layout Standard
23057 \begin_inset space ~
23062 contains under the button
23067 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23072 a number of function macros, such as
23073 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23077 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23085 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23092 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23093 avoid confusions, because
23094 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23098 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23104 \begin_layout Standard
23105 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23107 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23111 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23117 \begin_layout Standard
23118 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23119 s are placed, as described in section
23120 \begin_inset space ~
23124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23126 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23133 \begin_layout Subsection
23135 \begin_inset Index idx
23138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23148 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23150 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23151 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23152 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23156 \begin_inset space \space{}
23160 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23163 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23164 Our example is entered by typing
23172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23185 \begin_inset space ~
23189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23191 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23195 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 \begin_inset Float table
23204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23205 \begin_inset Caption
23207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23210 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23214 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23224 \begin_inset Tabular
23225 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23226 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23227 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23367 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23421 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23529 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23583 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23637 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23745 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23790 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23811 \begin_layout Standard
23812 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23815 \begin_inset space ~
23823 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23826 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23830 \begin_layout Section
23831 Brackets and Delimiters
23832 \begin_inset Index idx
23835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23842 \begin_inset Index idx
23845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23854 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23861 \begin_layout Standard
23862 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23863 For some purposes, using just the keys
23868 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23869 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23870 toolbar delimiter icon
23873 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23877 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23878 \begin_inset Formula
23880 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23888 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23889 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23893 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23896 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23902 \begin_inset Formula
23904 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23912 \begin_layout Standard
23913 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23914 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23918 \begin_layout Standard
23919 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23920 left side and right side.
23921 If you use the option
23924 \begin_inset space ~
23929 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23930 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23931 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23932 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23936 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23937 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23938 go inside the brackets.
23939 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23944 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23945 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23946 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23947 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23948 the structure and enter
23951 arg "math-delim ( )"
23957 \begin_layout Section
23958 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23959 \begin_inset Index idx
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 \begin_inset Index idx
23972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23979 \begin_inset Index idx
23982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23983 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23991 \begin_layout Standard
23992 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23995 \begin_inset space ~
24005 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
24011 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24012 Here is an example:
24013 \begin_inset Formula
24015 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24024 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24025 \begin_inset space ~
24029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24031 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24036 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24037 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24038 This alignment is set in the box
24043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24091 for every column as default.
24092 For example, the sequence
24093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24104 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24105 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24106 corresponds to the relevant column.
24107 The result will look like this:
24108 \begin_inset Formula
24111 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24112 column & has & has\, right\\
24113 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24126 arg "newline-insert newline"
24129 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24130 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24132 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24135 or the math toolbar.
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24139 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24140 It can be created with the menu
24142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24143 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24145 \begin_inset space ~
24157 Here is an example:
24158 \begin_inset Formula
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24173 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24176 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24179 arg "newline-insert newline"
24183 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24188 arg "newline-insert newline"
24191 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24199 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24200 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24201 A new row is created by every further hit of
24204 arg "newline-insert newline"
24208 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24209 Here is an example:
24210 \begin_inset Formula
24212 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24213 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24218 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24219 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24220 \begin_inset Formula
24222 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24230 \begin_layout Standard
24231 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24238 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24239 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24242 reference "eq:asquared"
24247 The other types are described in section
24248 \begin_inset space ~
24252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24254 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24261 \begin_layout Section
24262 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24263 \begin_inset Index idx
24266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24267 Math ! Formula numbering
24273 \begin_inset Index idx
24276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24277 Math ! Referencing formulas
24283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24285 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24293 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24296 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24298 \begin_inset space ~
24306 arg "math-number-toggle"
24310 The formula number appears in LyX as
24311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24318 within parentheses.
24320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24327 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24329 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24330 the document class.
24331 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24332 separated by a dot:
24333 \begin_inset Formula
24343 arg "math-number-toggle"
24346 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24347 You can only number displayed formulas.
24350 \begin_layout Standard
24351 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24353 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24354 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24356 \begin_inset space ~
24360 \begin_inset space ~
24364 \begin_inset space ~
24372 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24375 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24376 \begin_inset Formula
24379 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24385 To number all lines use the shortcut
24388 arg "math-number-toggle"
24394 \begin_layout Standard
24395 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24398 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24399 A label is inserted with the menu
24401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24404 when the cursor is in the formula.
24405 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24406 It is recommended to use the proposed
24407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24418 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24419 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24420 We inserted in the following example the label
24421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24428 in the second line:
24429 \begin_inset Formula
24431 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24432 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24437 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24438 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24448 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24452 \begin_inset space ~
24458 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24459 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24460 as the formula number:
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24464 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24467 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24474 \begin_layout Standard
24475 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24476 \begin_inset space ~
24480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24482 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24487 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24495 \begin_layout Section
24496 User defined math macros
24497 \begin_inset Index idx
24500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24510 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24511 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24512 Math macros are explained in section
24515 \begin_inset space ~
24527 \begin_layout Section
24531 \begin_layout Subsection
24533 \begin_inset Index idx
24536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 \begin_layout Standard
24546 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24547 To set a font in a formula, use the
24550 \begin_inset space ~
24560 arg "math-insert \\font"
24565 , or enter its command, listed in table
24566 \begin_inset space ~
24570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24572 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 \begin_inset Float table
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 \begin_inset Caption
24588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24591 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24595 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24605 \begin_inset Tabular
24606 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24607 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24641 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24668 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24695 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24728 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24755 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24782 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24816 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24843 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24886 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24902 \begin_layout Standard
24903 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24904 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24909 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24910 space when you need a space in the box.
24911 Here is an example where
24912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24923 denotes the set of numbers:
24924 \begin_inset Formula
24926 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24934 \begin_layout Standard
24935 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24941 \begin_inset space \space{}
24953 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24957 \begin_inset Newline newline
24960 So it is better not to use this feature.
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24964 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24965 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24969 \begin_inset Newline newline
24972 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24978 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24979 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24992 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24995 \begin_layout Standard
24996 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24998 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24999 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25001 \begin_inset space ~
25009 \begin_layout Subsection
25011 \begin_inset Index idx
25014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25023 \begin_layout Standard
25024 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25026 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25030 \begin_inset space ~
25034 \begin_inset space ~
25042 \begin_inset space ~
25052 arg "math-insert \\font"
25064 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25065 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25066 Here is an example:
25067 \begin_inset Formula
25070 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25071 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25080 \begin_layout Subsection
25082 \begin_inset Index idx
25085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25096 automatically chosen in most situations.
25114 For most characters,
25122 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25123 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25128 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25129 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25131 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25136 arg "math-insert \\style"
25142 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25143 For example, you can set
25144 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25147 , which is normally in
25156 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25160 The four styles are used in the following example:
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25164 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25168 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25172 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25176 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25183 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25184 is set in a particular size with the menu
25186 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25188 \begin_inset space ~
25193 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25194 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25195 will be adjusted to correspond.
25196 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25211 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25217 \begin_layout Section
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25223 the document classes and into layout modules.
25224 \begin_inset Index idx
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25233 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25234 other than the AMS classes.
25236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25238 reference "sub:Modules"
25242 for more on layout modules.
25245 \begin_layout Section
25247 \begin_inset Index idx
25250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25257 \begin_inset Index idx
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25269 \begin_layout Standard
25270 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25271 (AMS) that are in common use.
25274 \begin_layout Subsection
25275 Enabling AMS-Support
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 Selecting the checkbox
25282 \begin_inset space ~
25286 \begin_inset space ~
25290 \begin_inset space ~
25297 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25301 \begin_inset Index idx
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25305 Document ! Settings
25313 \begin_inset space ~
25318 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25319 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25320 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25323 \begin_layout Subsection
25325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25327 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25332 \begin_inset Index idx
25335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25336 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25344 \begin_layout Standard
25345 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25346 LyX allows you to choose between
25367 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25370 \begin_layout Chapter
25374 \begin_layout Section
25376 \begin_inset Index idx
25379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25388 name "sec:Cross-References"
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25397 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25399 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25400 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25401 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25404 \begin_layout Enumerate
25408 \begin_layout Enumerate
25409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25411 name "enu:Second-item"
25418 \begin_layout Enumerate
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25428 or by pressing the toolbar button
25435 A gray label box like this:
25436 \begin_inset Graphics
25437 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25442 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25443 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25478 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25483 \begin_inset space \space{}
25486 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25502 \begin_layout Standard
25503 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25508 or the toolbar button
25511 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25515 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25516 \begin_inset Graphics
25517 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25522 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25524 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25537 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25544 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25547 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25552 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25553 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25555 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25568 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25569 \begin_inset space ~
25573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25575 reference "enu:Second-item"
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25583 It is recommended to use a protected space
25587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25588 described in section
25589 \begin_inset space ~
25593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25595 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25604 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25605 line breaks between them.
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25609 There are six formats of cross-references:
25612 \begin_layout Description
25613 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25616 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25623 \begin_layout Description
25624 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25625 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25637 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25644 \begin_layout Description
25645 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25646 \begin_inset space ~
25650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25651 LatexCommand pageref
25652 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25659 \begin_layout Description
25661 \begin_inset space ~
25665 \begin_inset space ~
25668 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25670 LatexCommand vpageref
25671 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25678 \begin_layout Description
25680 \begin_inset space ~
25684 \begin_inset space ~
25688 \begin_inset space ~
25691 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25694 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25701 \begin_layout Description
25703 \begin_inset space ~
25706 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25707 \begin_inset Newline newline
25711 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25719 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25728 \begin_inset Index idx
25731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25732 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25738 \begin_inset Index idx
25741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25742 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25753 \begin_inset Newline newline
25756 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25759 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25764 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25772 is the default and preferred because
25776 supports only English documents.
25777 The format is specified by using the command
25789 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25790 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25803 ) can be done with this command
25804 \begin_inset Newline newline
25811 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25816 \begin_inset Newline newline
25819 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25821 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25823 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25830 \begin_layout Description
25832 \begin_inset space ~
25835 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25837 LatexCommand nameref
25838 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25845 \begin_layout Standard
25850 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25857 \begin_inset space \space{}
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25875 <reference> on page <page>
25877 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25882 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25883 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25887 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25892 You can only use the style
25896 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25900 is always possible.
25903 \begin_layout Standard
25904 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25905 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25907 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25908 \begin_inset space ~
25912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25914 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25921 \begin_layout Standard
25922 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25926 \begin_inset space ~
25930 \begin_inset space ~
25935 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25936 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25939 \begin_inset space ~
25944 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25945 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25948 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25955 You can change labels at any time.
25956 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25957 do not need to think about this.
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25961 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25962 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25965 \begin_layout Standard
25966 References are described in detail in sec.
25967 \begin_inset space ~
25971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25981 \begin_inset space ~
25989 \begin_layout Section
25990 Table of Contents and other Listings
25991 \begin_inset Index idx
25994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26001 \begin_inset Index idx
26004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26020 \begin_layout Subsection
26022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26024 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26031 \begin_layout Standard
26032 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26035 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26037 \begin_inset space ~
26041 \begin_inset space ~
26047 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26048 If you click on it, the
26052 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26053 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26054 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26059 that is described in sec.
26060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26066 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26074 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26075 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26077 \begin_inset space ~
26081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26083 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26087 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26089 \begin_inset space ~
26093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26095 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26099 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26101 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26104 \begin_layout Subsection
26105 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26108 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26117 You can insert them via the
26119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26121 \begin_inset space ~
26125 \begin_inset space ~
26131 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26134 \begin_layout Section
26135 URLs and Hyperlinks
26136 \begin_inset Index idx
26139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26146 \begin_inset Index idx
26149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26158 \begin_layout Subsection
26160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26170 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26178 \begin_layout Standard
26179 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26180 \begin_inset Flex URL
26183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26193 \begin_layout Standard
26194 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26200 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26205 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26213 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26221 \begin_layout Subsection
26223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26225 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26232 \begin_layout Standard
26233 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26238 or with the toolbar button
26245 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26254 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26255 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26256 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26258 name "LyX's homepage"
26259 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26263 , an Email address like this:
26264 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26266 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26267 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26272 , or a link to a file.
26275 \begin_layout Standard
26276 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26289 to the link target.
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26294 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26295 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26296 the text style dialog.
26297 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26301 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26303 name "LyX's homepage"
26304 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26312 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26316 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26318 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26319 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26323 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26325 \begin_inset Newline newline
26333 \begin_inset Newline newline
26340 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26343 \begin_layout Section
26345 \begin_inset Index idx
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26357 name "sec:Appendices"
26364 \begin_layout Standard
26365 Appendices are created with the menu
26367 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26369 \begin_inset space ~
26373 \begin_inset space ~
26379 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26380 as the appendix region.
26381 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26385 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26386 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26387 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26388 and the subsection number.
26389 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26395 \begin_inset space ~
26399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26401 reference "chap:Credits"
26406 \begin_inset space ~
26410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26412 reference "sub:Export"
26419 \begin_layout Section
26421 \begin_inset Index idx
26424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26433 name "sec:Bibliography"
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26441 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26442 You can include a bibliography database,
26446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26447 Known under the name
26448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26460 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26461 manually, using the paragraph environment
26465 , which was described in section
26466 \begin_inset space ~
26470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26472 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26477 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26478 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26482 use a bibliography database.
26485 \begin_layout Subsection
26486 The Bibliography Environment
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26494 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26496 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26505 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26507 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26516 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26519 \begin_layout Standard
26520 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26525 or the toolbar button
26528 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26532 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26533 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26534 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26535 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26539 \begin_layout Standard
26540 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26541 entry with surrounding brackets.
26546 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26547 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26559 \begin_layout Standard
26562 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26565 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26567 key "latexcompanion"
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26575 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26576 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26585 \begin_layout Subsection
26586 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26587 \begin_inset Index idx
26590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26591 Bibliography ! Databases
26597 \begin_inset Index idx
26600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26601 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26609 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26616 \begin_layout Standard
26617 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26623 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26625 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26626 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26631 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26633 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26634 your working field in a database.
26635 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26636 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26637 list for that document.
26638 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26642 \begin_layout Standard
26643 The database is a text file with the file extension
26644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26655 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26656 The format is explained in
26657 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26663 and in LaTeX books (
26664 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26666 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26671 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26672 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26673 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26674 \begin_inset Flex URL
26677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26679 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26687 \begin_layout Standard
26688 To use a database, use the menu
26690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26695 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26708 \begin_inset space ~
26714 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26715 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26718 Add bibliography to TOC
26720 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26725 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26726 in the document or just the cited references.
26729 \begin_layout Standard
26730 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26742 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26743 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26744 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26746 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26752 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26753 \begin_inset Newline newline
26757 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26759 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26772 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26775 \begin_layout Standard
26776 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26777 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26778 either in the document settings under
26782 or in LyX's preferences under
26784 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26799 The following variants are possible:
26802 \begin_layout Description
26803 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26804 other bibliography packages (like e.
26805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26809 \begin_inset space ~
26816 ), only with the package
26820 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26824 \begin_layout Description
26825 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26826 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26827 with all bibliography packages, except of
26832 \begin_layout Description
26833 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26838 , works with all bibliography packages
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26842 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26844 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26850 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26859 \begin_layout Standard
26860 When you select the option
26862 Sectioned bibliography
26866 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26869 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26870 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26872 Customizing Bibliographies
26880 Additional Features
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26886 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26887 the two methods of creating them.
26888 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26889 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26890 We used the style file
26894 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26897 \begin_layout Subsection
26898 Bibliography layout
26899 \begin_inset Index idx
26902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26903 Bibliography ! Layout
26911 \begin_layout Standard
26912 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26913 For this feature you need to enable the option
26919 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26923 \begin_inset Index idx
26926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26927 Document ! Settings
26937 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26938 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26939 in the previous section.
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26943 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26944 the citation reference window.
26945 Here is an example where the text
26946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26950 \begin_inset space ~
26954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26957 appears after the reference:
26960 \begin_layout Standard
26962 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26965 key "latexcompanion"
26972 \begin_layout Section
26974 \begin_inset Index idx
26977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26994 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26996 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26998 \begin_inset space ~
27003 or the toolbar button
27010 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27011 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27012 by LyX as the index entry.
27015 \begin_layout Standard
27016 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27020 \begin_inset space ~
27024 \begin_inset space ~
27027 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27029 \begin_inset space ~
27035 A light blue box labeled
27036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27047 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27048 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27053 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27055 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27057 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27064 \begin_layout Subsection
27065 Grouping Index Entries
27066 \begin_inset Index idx
27069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27078 \begin_layout Standard
27079 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27081 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27082 lists under the entry
27083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27091 First we create the entry
27092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 \begin_inset space ~
27104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27106 reference "sub:Lists"
27111 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27112 \begin_inset space ~
27116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27118 reference "sec:Itemize"
27122 , we insert the command
27125 \begin_layout Standard
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27135 \begin_layout Standard
27141 \begin_layout Standard
27142 for the enumerated list in section
27143 \begin_inset space ~
27147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27149 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27156 \begin_layout Standard
27157 The exclamation mark
27158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27165 marks the grouping levels.
27166 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27167 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27168 If we don't have an index entry for
27169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27176 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27179 \begin_layout Subsection
27181 \begin_inset Index idx
27184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27185 Index ! Page ranges
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27194 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27196 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27198 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27202 \begin_inset space \space{}
27205 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27207 \begin_inset space ~
27211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27213 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27220 \begin_layout Standard
27223 Paragraph environments|(
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 and another entry at the end of section
27228 \begin_inset space ~
27232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27234 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27244 Paragraph environments|)
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27272 respectively start and end the index range.
27273 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27274 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27275 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27276 An example is the index entry
27277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27280 Document ! Settings
27281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27287 \begin_layout Subsection
27289 \begin_inset Index idx
27292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27293 Index ! Cross referencing
27301 \begin_layout Standard
27302 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27303 We referred for example in the index entry
27304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27318 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27322 ) to the index entry
27323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27330 in the same section using the entry
27333 \begin_layout Standard
27336 GIF|see{Image formats}
27339 \begin_layout Standard
27340 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27341 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27342 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27345 \begin_layout Subsection
27347 \begin_inset Index idx
27350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27351 Index ! Entry order
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27360 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27361 follow the rules for the index order.
27362 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27367 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27369 \begin_inset space ~
27373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27375 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27384 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27385 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27410 \begin_inset Index idx
27413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27414 Dummy entries ! maïs
27420 \begin_inset Index idx
27423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27424 Dummy entries ! maître
27430 \begin_inset Index idx
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27434 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27439 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27440 maïs, maison, maître.
27441 To achieve this, we use the command
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27447 previous entry@current entry
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 In our case we want to have
27452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27467 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27477 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27478 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27479 See the next subsection for an example.
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27495 to generate the index (see sec.
27496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27502 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27511 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27519 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27523 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27524 index commands start with
27525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27537 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27542 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27569 \begin_layout Subsection
27571 \begin_inset Index idx
27574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27575 Index ! Entry layout
27583 \begin_layout Standard
27584 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27585 \begin_inset Index idx
27588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27591 This is an italic dummy entry
27596 You can also format the page number using the character
27597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27604 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27605 We can write for example
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27611 italic page number:|textit
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27615 to get the page number in italic.
27616 \begin_inset Index idx
27619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27620 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27625 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27643 \begin_inset space ~
27649 Have a look at section
27650 \begin_inset space ~
27654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27656 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27660 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27672 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27676 to generate the index, see sec.
27677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27683 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27692 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27697 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27698 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27701 key "latexcompanion"
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27714 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27716 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27717 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27718 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27719 If so, put the following in the preamble
27722 \begin_layout Standard
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27745 in the index entry.
27746 \begin_inset Index idx
27749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27750 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27755 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27756 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27757 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27760 \begin_layout Standard
27761 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27767 \begin_inset space \space{}
27770 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27771 for all index entries.
27772 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27784 documentation for details,
27785 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27787 key "makeindex,xindy"
27794 \begin_layout Subsection
27796 \begin_inset Index idx
27799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27808 name "sub:Index-Program"
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27816 If the index entry program
27820 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27824 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27833 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27834 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27835 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27836 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27837 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27847 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27848 dialog, see section
27849 \begin_inset space ~
27853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27855 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27860 The available options are listed and explained in
27861 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27863 key "makeindex,xindy"
27868 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27873 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27874 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27878 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27882 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27883 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27886 \begin_layout Subsection
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27891 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27892 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27900 next to the standard index.
27901 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27902 that add this feature.
27908 \begin_inset Index idx
27911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27912 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27917 package to generate multiple indexes.
27918 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27919 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27920 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27927 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27928 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27929 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27936 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27943 Use multiple Indexes
27944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27948 Note that the list of
27949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27956 below already contains the standard index.
27957 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27958 also appear as a heading) to the
27959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27966 input field and press the
27967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27975 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27976 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27977 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27986 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
27987 different indexes in the LyX work area.
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27991 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27996 \begin_inset space ~
28000 \begin_inset space ~
28009 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28010 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28011 are some additional features:
28014 \begin_layout Itemize
28015 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28016 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28019 \begin_layout Itemize
28020 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28021 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28030 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28035 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28036 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28037 to the non-subindexes.
28040 \begin_layout Section
28041 Nomenclature / Glossary
28042 \begin_inset Index idx
28045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28052 \begin_inset Index idx
28055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28086 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28094 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28095 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28100 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28105 \begin_inset Index idx
28108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28109 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28115 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28116 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28122 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28127 and then use the menu
28129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28135 \begin_inset space ~
28140 or the toolbar button
28143 arg "nomencl-insert"
28148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28159 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28163 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28164 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28165 The second is the description of the symbol.
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28177 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28185 \begin_layout Subsection
28186 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28187 \begin_inset Index idx
28190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28191 Nomenclature ! Layout
28199 \begin_layout Standard
28200 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28204 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28210 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28218 \begin_inset Newline newline
28226 \begin_inset Newline newline
28232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28239 character starts/ends the formula.
28240 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28252 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28264 \begin_inset space ~
28268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28270 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28281 \begin_inset space ~
28286 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28287 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28292 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28299 in this document is:
28300 \begin_inset Newline newline
28305 dummy entry for the character
28310 \begin_inset Newline newline
28322 \begin_inset space ~
28332 font use the command
28361 \begin_layout Subsection
28362 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28363 \begin_inset Index idx
28366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28367 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28376 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28377 the symbol definition.
28378 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28379 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28382 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28383 LatexCommand nomenclature
28385 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28392 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28396 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28397 LatexCommand nomenclature
28400 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28405 They will be sorted by
28406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28432 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28435 will be sorted before the
28439 since the character
28440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28447 is considered in sorting.
28450 \begin_layout Standard
28451 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28454 \begin_inset space ~
28459 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28460 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28462 For the example given, you can insert
28466 in this field for the
28467 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28474 will be located before
28475 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28482 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28487 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28496 \begin_layout Subsection
28497 Nomenclature Options
28498 \begin_inset Index idx
28501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28502 Nomenclature ! Options
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28515 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28516 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28519 \begin_layout Description
28520 refeq Appends the phrase
28521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28536 to every nomenclature entry, where
28542 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28545 \begin_layout Description
28546 refpage Appends the phrase
28547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28562 to every nomenclature entry, where
28568 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28571 \begin_layout Description
28572 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28576 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28577 class options list in the
28579 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28583 In this document the options
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28591 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28597 \begin_layout Standard
28598 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28599 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28604 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28607 \begin_layout Description
28617 \begin_layout Description
28620 nomrefpage Like the
28627 \begin_layout Description
28630 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28639 \begin_layout Description
28643 \begin_inset space ~
28649 \begin_inset space ~
28654 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28666 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28667 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28670 \begin_layout Standard
28678 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28681 \begin_inset Newline newline
28688 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28693 \begin_inset Newline newline
28697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28712 by their translation.
28715 \begin_layout Subsection
28716 Printing the Nomenclature
28717 \begin_inset Index idx
28720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28721 Nomenclature ! Printing
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28730 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28732 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28734 \begin_inset space ~
28738 \begin_inset space ~
28741 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28757 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28758 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28759 You can choose between these settings:
28762 \begin_layout Description
28763 Default a space of 1
28764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28770 \begin_layout Description
28772 \begin_inset space ~
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28779 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28782 \begin_layout Description
28783 Custom custom space
28786 \begin_layout Standard
28787 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28796 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28804 For example, in order to change the name to
28808 , add the following line to the preamble:
28811 \begin_layout Standard
28819 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28822 \begin_layout Subsection
28823 Nomenclature Program
28824 \begin_inset Index idx
28827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28828 Nomenclature ! Program
28834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28836 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28843 \begin_layout Standard
28844 LyX uses the program
28848 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28849 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28854 by adding options, see section
28855 \begin_inset space ~
28859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28861 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28866 The available options are listed and explained in
28867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28869 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28876 \begin_layout Section
28878 \begin_inset Index idx
28881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28888 \begin_inset Index idx
28891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28892 Document ! Branches
28898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28900 name "sec:Branches"
28907 \begin_layout Standard
28908 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28909 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28910 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28911 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28915 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28916 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28917 To create a branch, either select the menu
28919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28923 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28925 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28932 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28933 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28934 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28935 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28936 (see below for an example).
28937 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28938 to the name of the other) and to add
28939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28951 \begin_inset space ~
28954 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28955 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28960 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28965 where you can choose a branch.
28966 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28971 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28972 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28975 \begin_layout Standard
28976 \begin_inset Branch Question
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28980 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28988 \begin_layout Standard
28989 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28992 \begin_layout Standard
28993 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29009 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29012 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29013 Consider for example a file
29014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29021 which has the above branches.
29023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29030 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29054 branch were inactive,
29055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29070 branch was active, likewise
29071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29086 branch was active, and
29087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29090 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29094 if both branches were active.
29095 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29099 \begin_layout Standard
29100 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29106 \begin_layout Standard
29107 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29108 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29110 For example you can define for the question branch
29114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29115 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29116 \begin_inset space ~
29120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29122 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29144 \begin_layout Standard
29154 \begin_layout Standard
29155 and for the answer branch
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29168 \begin_layout Standard
29178 \begin_layout Standard
29179 \begin_inset Branch Question
29182 \begin_layout Standard
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29215 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29250 \begin_layout Standard
29251 Now it is possible to use the commands
29255 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29262 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29265 to obtain conditional output.
29266 Here is an example formula where only the
29273 \begin_inset Formula
29275 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29283 \begin_layout Standard
29284 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29290 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29294 \begin_layout Standard
29296 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29297 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29299 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29300 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29305 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29314 \begin_layout Section
29316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29318 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29323 \begin_inset Index idx
29326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29340 dialog allows you in the
29344 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29345 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29350 \begin_inset Index idx
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29362 \begin_layout Standard
29367 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29368 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29369 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29371 You can specify in the dialog tab
29375 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29377 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29378 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29382 \begin_layout Standard
29387 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29388 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29389 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29391 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29392 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29397 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29398 \begin_inset space ~
29401 1 will only display the sections.
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29405 The header information in the dialog tab
29409 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29410 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29415 \begin_inset space \space{}
29418 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29419 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29422 Automatic fill header
29424 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29425 title and author settings.
29428 \begin_layout Standard
29431 Load in fullscreen mode
29433 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29437 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29438 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29444 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29454 \begin_layout Section
29455 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29458 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29465 \begin_layout Subsection
29467 \begin_inset Index idx
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29479 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29486 \begin_layout Standard
29487 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29488 constructs, but not all.
29489 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29490 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29491 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29492 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29493 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29497 \begin_layout Standard
29498 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29500 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29504 \begin_inset space ~
29509 or by the toolbar button
29522 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29530 \begin_layout Standard
29531 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29532 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29533 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29534 using the LaTeX-command
29540 , you can write the command part
29546 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29550 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29551 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29552 the following example:
29555 \begin_layout Standard
29556 \begin_inset Graphics
29557 filename clipart/ERT.png
29565 \begin_layout Standard
29569 \begin_layout Standard
29570 This is a line with a
29574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29597 \begin_layout Standard
29598 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29607 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29615 \begin_layout Subsection
29616 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29617 \begin_inset Argument
29620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 \begin_inset Index idx
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29639 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29647 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29648 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29649 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29658 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29659 any time if you know the right commands.
29661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29665 \begin_inset space \space{}
29668 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29670 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29671 all caption labels bold.
29672 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29674 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29678 \begin_layout Standard
29679 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29680 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29681 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29683 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29693 As result you find that the package
29698 \begin_inset Index idx
29701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29702 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29708 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29721 usepackage[options]{package name}
29724 \begin_layout Standard
29725 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29726 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29727 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29731 In your case the package name is
29736 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29741 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29742 So you add the command
29745 \begin_layout Standard
29750 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29754 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29759 For more commands provided by the
29763 package, have a look at its documentation,
29764 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29779 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29781 For example if you use a
29785 class, you don't need the package
29789 , you can instead write
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29797 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29803 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29804 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29805 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29812 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29815 \begin_layout Standard
29816 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29817 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29819 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29820 the previous section.
29823 \begin_layout Standard
29824 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29826 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29828 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29836 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29842 \begin_layout Standard
29846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29856 \begin_inset Note Note
29859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29860 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29868 \begin_layout Left Header
29869 \begin_inset Argument
29872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29892 \begin_inset Note Note
29895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 defines the header line as described below
29904 \begin_layout Center Header
29905 \begin_inset Argument
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 \begin_layout Right Header
29918 \begin_inset Argument
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 \begin_layout Left Footer
29943 \begin_inset Argument
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 \begin_layout Center Footer
29968 \begin_inset Argument
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29982 \begin_inset Newline newline
29986 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29992 \begin_layout Right Footer
29993 \begin_inset Argument
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 \begin_layout Section
30019 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30022 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30027 \begin_inset Index idx
30030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30031 Document ! Header/Footer line
30037 \begin_inset Index idx
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30049 \begin_layout Standard
30050 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30051 to set the headings style to
30057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30063 \begin_inset space ~
30069 As a second step add in the menu
30071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30072 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30079 Custom Header/Footerlines
30080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30084 This module offers the following 6
30085 \begin_inset space ~
30091 \begin_layout Description
30093 \begin_inset space ~
30097 \begin_inset space ~
30101 \begin_inset space ~
30105 \begin_inset space ~
30109 \begin_inset space ~
30115 \begin_layout Description
30117 \begin_inset space ~
30121 \begin_inset space ~
30125 \begin_inset space ~
30129 \begin_inset space ~
30133 \begin_inset space ~
30139 \begin_layout Standard
30140 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30143 \begin_layout Standard
30144 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30145 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30147 \begin_inset space ~
30151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30153 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30157 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30160 \begin_layout Standard
30161 \begin_inset Float figure
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 \begin_inset Tabular
30171 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30172 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30173 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30174 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30175 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30195 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30235 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30239 The normal text on the page goes here.
30240 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30242 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30243 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30248 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30286 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30297 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30315 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 \begin_inset Caption
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30338 name "fig:Page-layout"
30342 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30355 \begin_layout Subsection
30359 \begin_layout Standard
30360 To define your header line, add all 3
30361 \begin_inset space ~
30365 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30366 the optional arguments on even pages.
30367 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30369 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30370 Defining the footer line works similar.
30373 \begin_layout Standard
30374 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30390 \begin_inset space ~
30398 \begin_layout Description
30401 thepage prints the current page number
30404 \begin_layout Description
30407 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30410 \begin_layout Description
30413 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30416 \begin_layout Description
30419 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30420 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30427 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30430 because it usually goes in a left header.
30433 \begin_layout Description
30436 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30437 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30439 It is normally used in the right header.
30442 \begin_layout Subsection
30443 Default header/footer
30446 \begin_layout Standard
30447 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30448 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30449 footer has the page number.
30450 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30451 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30452 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30455 \begin_inset space ~
30463 \begin_layout Subsection
30467 \begin_layout Standard
30468 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30469 Some pages are different.
30470 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30471 a new part or chapter in your book.
30472 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30473 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30474 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30478 Header and footer decoration line
30481 \begin_layout Standard
30482 By default, you get a 0.4
30483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30486 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30487 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30499 in the following scheme:
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30509 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30512 \begin_layout Standard
30513 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30522 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30529 \begin_layout Standard
30530 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30531 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30532 \begin_inset space ~
30536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30546 Several header/footer lines
30549 \begin_layout Standard
30550 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30551 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30552 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30554 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30566 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30569 \begin_layout Standard
30576 headheight}{height}
30579 \begin_layout Standard
30580 Where height is a size in standard units.
30581 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30582 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30583 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30599 and look via the button
30602 \begin_inset space ~
30607 if you find a warning of the package
30612 \begin_inset Index idx
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30616 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30622 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30623 for your header/footer.
30626 \begin_layout Subsection
30630 \begin_layout Standard
30631 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30632 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30633 This example consists of the following definition:
30636 \begin_layout Description
30638 \begin_inset space ~
30647 , empty optional argument
30650 \begin_layout Description
30652 \begin_inset space ~
30655 Header empty, empty optional argument
30658 \begin_layout Description
30660 \begin_inset space ~
30669 in the optional argument
30672 \begin_layout Description
30674 \begin_inset space ~
30683 in the optional argument
30686 \begin_layout Description
30688 \begin_inset space ~
30700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30704 \begin_inset Newline newline
30708 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30715 in the optional argument
30718 \begin_layout Description
30720 \begin_inset space ~
30729 , empty optional argument
30732 \begin_layout Description
30735 headrulewidth set to 2
30736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30742 \begin_layout Standard
30743 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30744 For more special things like e.
30745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30749 \begin_inset space ~
30752 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30757 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30766 \begin_layout Standard
30767 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30773 \begin_layout Standard
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 pagestyle{headings}
30787 \begin_inset Note Note
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30791 switches back to page style with the default headings
30799 \begin_layout Section
30800 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30803 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30808 \begin_inset Index idx
30811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30818 \begin_inset Index idx
30821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30830 \begin_layout Standard
30831 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30832 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30833 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30836 \begin_layout Subsection
30840 \begin_layout Standard
30841 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30846 \begin_inset Index idx
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30850 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30855 (on some systems named simply
30860 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30862 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30868 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30869 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30877 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30878 automatically installed together with LyX.
30881 \begin_layout Subsection
30885 \begin_layout Standard
30886 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30887 LaTeX, activate the option
30890 \begin_inset space ~
30897 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30903 \begin_inset space ~
30907 \begin_inset space ~
30910 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30917 \begin_inset space ~
30930 \begin_inset space ~
30935 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30938 \begin_layout Standard
30939 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30943 \begin_layout Standard
30944 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30952 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30953 generated by activating the option
30956 \begin_inset space ~
30962 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30970 \begin_layout Subsection
30971 Selected document parts
30974 \begin_layout Standard
30975 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30976 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30977 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30978 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30984 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30985 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30986 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30989 \begin_layout Standard
30990 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30996 which is not yet supported by LyX.
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31007 is explained in section
31009 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
31014 \begin_inset space ~
31024 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
31025 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
31027 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31029 Here is the result:
31032 \begin_layout Standard
31033 \begin_inset Preview
31035 \begin_layout Standard
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31050 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31060 height_special "totalheight"
31063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31094 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31116 \begin_layout Standard
31117 Previewing works also for colors.
31118 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31136 is explained in section
31143 \begin_inset space ~
31156 \begin_layout Standard
31157 \begin_inset Preview
31159 \begin_layout Standard
31163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31187 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 \begin_layout Standard
31207 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31213 \begin_layout Standard
31214 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31215 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31216 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31218 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31219 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31220 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31221 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31225 \begin_layout Subsection
31229 \begin_layout Standard
31230 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31235 \begin_inset space ~
31240 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31241 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31243 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31244 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31245 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31246 the source view window.
31249 \begin_layout Section
31250 Advanced Find and Replace
31251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31253 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31258 \begin_inset Index idx
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 \begin_inset Index idx
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 \begin_layout Subsection
31284 \begin_layout Standard
31285 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31286 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31287 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31288 The key-features are:
31291 \begin_layout Itemize
31292 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31293 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31294 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31298 \begin_layout Itemize
31299 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31300 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31301 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31302 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31305 \begin_layout Itemize
31306 Search may be widened to a specific
31311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31315 \begin_inset space ~
31318 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31319 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31326 \begin_layout Itemize
31327 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31328 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31333 \begin_inset space ~
31336 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31339 \begin_layout Subsection
31343 \begin_layout Standard
31344 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31346 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31359 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31362 ) or the toolbar button
31365 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31371 Advanced Find and Replace
31376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31380 \begin_layout Standard
31385 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31390 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31395 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31396 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31397 Pressing repeatedly
31401 keeps searching forward.
31402 Similarly, pressing
31406 searches for the entered text backwards.
31409 \begin_layout Standard
31410 While searching, the
31414 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31424 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31428 Searching for mathematics
31431 \begin_layout Standard
31432 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31436 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31437 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31440 or also something more complex like
31441 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31445 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31446 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31447 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31448 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31458 \begin_layout Standard
31459 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31460 This is done by switching to the
31464 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31469 This way, entering in the
31476 \begin_layout Itemize
31477 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31478 in emphasized or boldface.
31481 \begin_layout Itemize
31482 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31483 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31484 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31485 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31488 \begin_layout Itemize
31489 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31490 of if only within section headings.
31491 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31492 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31496 \begin_layout Itemize
31497 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31498 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31505 \begin_layout Standard
31506 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31510 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31518 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31522 button or alternatively
31544 \begin_layout Standard
31545 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31546 text segments in your document.
31547 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31551 \begin_layout Itemize
31552 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31553 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31561 with its typewriter version
31564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31574 \begin_layout Itemize
31575 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31581 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31593 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31600 (you may want to enable the
31608 options and disable the
31616 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31624 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31625 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31629 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31632 , or occurrences of
31633 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31637 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31643 \begin_layout Subsection
31647 \begin_layout Standard
31648 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31653 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31655 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31657 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31666 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31672 This is done via the menu
31674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31675 Insert Regular Expression
31677 while the cursor is in the
31682 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31683 expression matching rules
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31688 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31694 \begin_inset space ~
31697 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31698 to match expressions.
31703 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31704 same text in the document.
31705 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31706 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31709 \begin_layout Enumerate
31710 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31715 editor the fraction
31716 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31720 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31723 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31724 fractions with the given denominator.
31727 \begin_layout Enumerate
31728 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31740 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31745 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31746 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31748 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31751 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31752 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31755 \begin_layout Standard
31756 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31757 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31758 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31761 , and referring back to them through
31762 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31766 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31770 For example, try searching for the regexp
31771 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31774 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31777 \begin_layout Standard
31778 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31779 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31780 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31785 \begin_inset space ~
31789 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31792 always refers to the first occurrence of
31793 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31796 in all entered regexps.
31799 \begin_layout Standard
31800 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31804 \begin_layout Section
31806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31808 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31813 \begin_inset Index idx
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31825 \begin_layout Standard
31826 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31829 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31836 or the toolbar button
31839 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31842 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31843 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31844 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31845 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31846 scrolled so that it is visible.
31847 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31848 n, if any could be found.
31849 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31853 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31854 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31857 \begin_layout Standard
31858 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31865 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31866 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31867 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31868 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31869 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31870 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31873 \begin_layout Subsection
31877 \begin_layout Standard
31878 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31881 \begin_inset space ~
31884 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31887 you can set the following things:
31890 \begin_layout Description
31892 \begin_inset space ~
31895 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31896 Depending on your platform,
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31912 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31927 \begin_layout Description
31929 \begin_inset space ~
31932 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31933 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31936 \begin_layout Description
31938 \begin_inset space ~
31941 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31947 \begin_inset space \space{}
31951 This should normally not be needed.
31954 \begin_layout Description
31956 \begin_inset space ~
31960 \begin_inset space ~
31963 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31975 \begin_layout Description
31977 \begin_inset space ~
31980 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31981 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31982 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31983 appear in the context menu.
31984 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31988 \begin_layout Description
31990 \begin_inset space ~
31994 \begin_inset space ~
31998 \begin_inset space ~
32001 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32005 \begin_layout Section
32007 \begin_inset Index idx
32010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32019 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32026 \begin_layout Standard
32027 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32028 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32038 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32040 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32049 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32050 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32051 are available for many languages.
32054 \begin_layout Standard
32055 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32059 \begin_layout Subsection
32060 Setting up the thesaurus
32063 \begin_layout Standard
32071 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32076 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32081 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32087 en_EN for English).
32088 For instance, the English files are named:
32091 \begin_layout Itemize
32095 \begin_layout Itemize
32099 \begin_layout Standard
32100 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32101 files should be already on your system.
32102 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32103 \begin_inset Flex URL
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32114 \begin_inset Flex URL
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32130 \begin_inset space ~
32134 \begin_inset Flex URL
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32144 are usually packed in extension archives (
32148 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32150 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32151 unpack a zip archive.
32164 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32165 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32167 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32168 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32172 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32175 \begin_layout Subsection
32176 Using the thesaurus
32179 \begin_layout Standard
32180 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32182 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32185 or the toolbar button
32188 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32191 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32193 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32195 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32196 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32197 and hyponyms (such as
32205 ), compounds (such as
32209 ) and antonyms (such as
32217 ), which are marked as such.
32220 \begin_layout Standard
32221 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32222 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32226 \begin_layout Standard
32227 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32228 the dictionary, such as the above
32232 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32237 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32238 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32239 For example looking up the word forms
32247 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32252 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32265 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32266 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32267 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32270 \begin_layout Section
32272 \begin_inset Index idx
32275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 \begin_inset Index idx
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32286 Document ! Change Tracking
32292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32294 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32301 \begin_layout Standard
32302 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32303 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32304 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32305 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32307 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32309 \begin_inset space ~
32312 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32314 \begin_inset space ~
32322 \begin_layout Standard
32323 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32337 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32338 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32341 \begin_inset space ~
32345 \begin_inset space ~
32355 \begin_inset Index idx
32358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32359 Color ! Change tracking
32364 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32365 the cursor is in changed text.
32366 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32369 arg "changes-merge"
32375 \begin_layout Standard
32376 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32377 \begin_inset Index idx
32380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 \begin_layout Standard
32390 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32396 \begin_layout Standard
32397 \begin_inset Graphics
32398 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32406 \begin_layout Standard
32407 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32413 \begin_layout Standard
32414 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32418 \begin_layout Standard
32419 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32425 \begin_layout Standard
32426 \begin_inset Tabular
32427 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32428 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32429 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32430 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 arg "changes-track"
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32456 \begin_inset space ~
32459 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32461 \begin_inset space ~
32470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 arg "changes-output"
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32493 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32495 \begin_inset space ~
32498 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32500 \begin_inset space ~
32504 \begin_inset space ~
32508 \begin_inset space ~
32517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 Jumps to the next change
32544 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32553 arg "change-accept"
32561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32567 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32569 \begin_inset space ~
32572 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32574 \begin_inset space ~
32583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32592 arg "change-reject"
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32608 \begin_inset space ~
32611 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32613 \begin_inset space ~
32622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 arg "changes-merge"
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32647 \begin_inset space ~
32650 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32652 \begin_inset space ~
32661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32670 arg "all-changes-accept"
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32686 \begin_inset space ~
32689 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32691 \begin_inset space ~
32695 \begin_inset space ~
32704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 arg "all-changes-reject"
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32729 \begin_inset space ~
32732 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32734 \begin_inset space ~
32738 \begin_inset space ~
32747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32771 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32773 \begin_inset space ~
32782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32807 \begin_inset space ~
32823 \begin_layout Standard
32824 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32830 \begin_layout Standard
32831 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32832 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32833 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32834 the next change after the current cursor position.
32835 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32836 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32837 step to the next change.
32838 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32841 \begin_layout Standard
32842 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32843 to describe a change.
32846 \begin_layout Standard
32847 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32852 \begin_inset Index idx
32855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32856 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32862 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32863 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32869 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32872 \begin_layout Section
32873 Comparison of Documents
32874 \begin_inset Index idx
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32878 Comparison of documents
32886 \begin_layout Standard
32887 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32889 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32893 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32895 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32896 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32900 \begin_inset space ~
32904 \begin_inset space ~
32908 \begin_inset space ~
32917 \begin_inset space ~
32921 \begin_inset space ~
32925 \begin_inset space ~
32929 \begin_inset space ~
32933 \begin_inset space ~
32937 \begin_inset space ~
32942 enables the change tracking option
32945 \begin_inset space ~
32949 \begin_inset space ~
32953 \begin_inset space ~
32958 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32961 \begin_layout Section
32962 International Support
32963 \begin_inset Index idx
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32967 International support
32975 \begin_layout Standard
32976 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32977 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32978 how to set up LyX to use them:
32979 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32981 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32988 \begin_layout Standard
32989 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32990 \begin_inset space ~
32994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32996 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33003 \begin_layout Subsection
33005 \begin_inset Index idx
33008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33015 \begin_inset Index idx
33018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 Document ! Settings
33025 \begin_inset Index idx
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 Document ! Language
33037 \begin_layout Standard
33040 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33043 dialog lets you set
33045 the language and character encoding for your language.
33049 \begin_layout Standard
33050 Choose your language in the
33054 section of this dialog.
33062 \begin_layout Standard
33067 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33072 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33073 For details about the different encoding options see section
33074 \begin_inset space ~
33078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33080 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33087 \begin_layout Subsection
33088 Keyboard mapping configuration
33089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33091 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33098 \begin_layout Standard
33099 If you have for example a U.
33100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33103 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33104 can use an alternate keymap.
33105 For example, if you have a U.
33106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33109 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33110 use an Italian keymap.
33111 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33113 \begin_inset space ~
33117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33119 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33124 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33125 which one you want to use.
33128 \begin_layout Standard
33129 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33130 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33131 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33132 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33133 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33134 one to support the characters you want.
33135 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33142 \begin_layout Subsection
33146 \begin_layout Standard
33148 \begin_inset space ~
33152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33154 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33163 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33167 \begin_layout Standard
33168 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33169 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33177 \begin_layout Itemize
33178 Even if you have selected
33184 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33187 dialog, users who have only the
33191 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33195 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33196 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33197 french quotes will not show up.
33200 \begin_layout Standard
33201 \begin_inset Float table
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 \begin_inset Caption
33209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33212 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 \begin_inset Tabular
33231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33232 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33243 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33244 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33245 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33246 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33247 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33248 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33249 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 \begin_layout Standard
37663 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37665 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37666 also the characters from
37678 \begin_layout Itemize
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37688 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37696 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37697 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37703 \begin_layout Standard
37704 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37705 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37712 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37713 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37719 \begin_layout Standard
37721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37735 \begin_layout Standard
37737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37744 \begin_layout Itemize
37757 \begin_layout Standard
37759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37765 \begin_layout Standard
37767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37773 \begin_layout Standard
37775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37781 \begin_layout Standard
37783 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37789 \begin_layout Standard
37791 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37797 \begin_layout Standard
37799 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37807 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37808 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37809 Also make sure you're using the
37816 \begin_layout Chapter
37819 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37821 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37828 \begin_layout Standard
37829 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37830 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37831 topic inside the user's guide.
37834 \begin_layout Section
37836 \begin_inset Index idx
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 \begin_layout Standard
37853 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37856 \begin_layout Subsection
37860 \begin_layout Standard
37861 Creates a new document.
37864 \begin_layout Subsection
37868 \begin_layout Standard
37869 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37870 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37871 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37874 \begin_layout Subsection
37878 \begin_layout Standard
37882 \begin_layout Subsection
37886 \begin_layout Standard
37887 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37888 Click there on a file to open it.
37891 \begin_layout Subsection
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37896 Closes the current document.
37899 \begin_layout Subsection
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 Closes all opened documents.
37907 \begin_layout Subsection
37911 \begin_layout Standard
37912 Saves the actual document.
37915 \begin_layout Subsection
37919 \begin_layout Standard
37920 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37923 \begin_layout Subsection
37927 \begin_layout Standard
37928 Saves all opened documents.
37931 \begin_layout Subsection
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37939 \begin_layout Subsection
37943 \begin_layout Standard
37944 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37945 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37946 It is described in the section
37948 Version Control in LyX
37952 Additional Features
37957 \begin_layout Subsection
37961 \begin_layout Standard
37962 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37963 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37965 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37968 \begin_layout Standard
37969 When using the menu entry
37972 \begin_inset space ~
37977 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37985 \begin_inset space ~
37990 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37991 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37994 \begin_layout Subsection
37996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38005 \begin_layout Standard
38006 You can export your document to various file formats.
38007 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38008 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38009 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38012 \begin_layout Standard
38013 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38015 \begin_inset space ~
38019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38021 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38028 \begin_layout Description
38034 \begin_inset space ~
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 yX format of the special LyX
38049 \begin_inset space ~
38052 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38053 \begin_inset Newline newline
38056 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38059 \begin_layout Description
38060 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38066 \begin_layout Description
38068 \begin_inset space ~
38071 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38077 \begin_layout Description
38078 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38079 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38080 files paths or file names in your document.
38081 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38088 \begin_layout Description
38089 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38090 in files paths or file names
38093 \begin_layout Description
38095 \begin_inset space ~
38102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 eX) DVI-format using the program
38113 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38116 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38124 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38132 \begin_layout Description
38134 \begin_inset space ~
38137 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38141 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38146 \begin_layout Description
38147 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38151 \begin_layout Description
38153 \begin_inset space ~
38157 \begin_inset space ~
38160 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38164 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38172 \begin_layout Description
38179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 \begin_inset space ~
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38211 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38216 \begin_layout Description
38223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38231 \begin_inset space ~
38236 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38237 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38241 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38244 \begin_layout Description
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 \begin_inset space ~
38264 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38265 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38273 \begin_layout Description
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 \begin_inset space ~
38299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38312 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38317 \begin_layout Description
38319 \begin_inset space ~
38323 \begin_inset space ~
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38342 music notation software
38347 \begin_layout Description
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 \begin_inset space ~
38368 \begin_inset space ~
38371 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38372 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38373 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38376 \begin_layout Description
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 \begin_inset space ~
38396 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38412 represent the version number)
38415 \begin_layout Description
38422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38431 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38434 \begin_layout Description
38435 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38440 \begin_layout Description
38441 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38443 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38446 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38450 \begin_layout Description
38454 \begin_inset space ~
38459 PDF-format using the program
38463 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38466 \begin_layout Description
38470 \begin_inset space ~
38477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38486 PDF-format using the program
38490 , produces PDF-files directly
38493 \begin_layout Description
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38502 PDF-format using the program
38506 , produces PDF-files directly
38509 \begin_layout Description
38513 \begin_inset space ~
38518 PDF-format using the program
38522 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38525 \begin_layout Description
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 PDF-format using the program
38549 , produces PDF-files directly
38552 \begin_layout Description
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38564 \begin_layout Description
38568 \begin_inset space ~
38572 \begin_inset space ~
38577 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38578 and then exported as text using the program
38583 \begin_layout Description
38588 PostScript format using the program
38593 \begin_layout Description
38594 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38595 programming language
38608 it is possible to use
38615 \begin_layout Standard
38616 If one of the menu entries
38623 \begin_inset space ~
38632 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38633 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38634 \begin_inset space ~
38638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38640 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38645 \begin_inset Index idx
38648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38649 Reconfiguration of LyX
38657 \begin_layout Subsection
38661 \begin_layout Standard
38662 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38663 format or send it to a printer.
38664 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38665 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38671 For more information have a look at section
38672 \begin_inset space ~
38676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38678 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38685 \begin_layout Subsection
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38691 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38692 prefix, see section
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38699 reference "sec:Paths"
38704 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38713 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38714 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38715 \begin_inset space ~
38719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38721 reference "sub:Converters"
38728 \begin_layout Subsection
38729 New and Close Window
38732 \begin_layout Standard
38733 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38736 \begin_layout Subsection
38740 \begin_layout Standard
38741 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38744 \begin_layout Section
38746 \begin_inset Index idx
38749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 \begin_layout Subsection
38762 \begin_layout Standard
38763 Described in section
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38770 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38777 \begin_layout Subsection
38778 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38781 \begin_layout Standard
38782 Described in section
38783 \begin_inset space ~
38787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38789 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38796 \begin_layout Subsection
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38802 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38805 \begin_layout Subsection
38809 \begin_layout Standard
38810 Selects the whole document.
38813 \begin_layout Subsection
38814 Find & Replace (Quick)
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 Described in section
38819 \begin_inset space ~
38823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38825 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38832 \begin_layout Subsection
38833 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38836 \begin_layout Standard
38837 Described in section
38838 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38844 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38851 \begin_layout Subsection
38852 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38855 \begin_layout Standard
38856 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38860 \begin_layout Subsection
38864 \begin_layout Standard
38865 Described in section
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38872 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38879 \begin_layout Subsection
38881 \begin_inset Index idx
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38885 Paragraph ! Settings
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38895 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38899 \begin_layout Standard
38900 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38901 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38909 \begin_inset space ~
38917 \begin_layout Subsection
38918 Table Settings and Math
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38924 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38925 The properties of tables are described in section
38926 \begin_inset space ~
38930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38932 reference "sec:Tables"
38936 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38937 \begin_inset space ~
38941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38943 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38950 \begin_layout Subsection
38951 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38954 \begin_layout Standard
38955 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38957 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38958 \begin_inset space ~
38962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38964 reference "sec:Nesting"
38969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38971 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38978 \begin_layout Section
38980 \begin_inset Index idx
38983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38992 \begin_layout Standard
38993 At the bottom of the
38997 menu the opened documents are listed.
39000 \begin_layout Subsection
39001 Open/Close all Insets
39004 \begin_layout Standard
39005 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39008 \begin_layout Subsection
39009 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39012 \begin_layout Standard
39013 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39016 \begin_layout Standard
39017 Math macros are described in the
39024 \begin_layout Subsection
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39037 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39044 \begin_layout Subsection
39048 \begin_layout Standard
39049 Opens a window showing console messages.
39050 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39054 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39055 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39058 \begin_layout Subsection
39062 \begin_layout Standard
39063 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39064 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39071 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39075 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39082 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39086 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39087 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39088 \begin_inset space ~
39092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39094 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39099 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39100 The default output format is
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39111 \begin_layout Subsection
39112 View (Other Formats)
39115 \begin_layout Standard
39116 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39117 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39118 actual document with an external program.
39119 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39120 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39121 All possible formats are listed in section
39122 \begin_inset space ~
39126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39128 reference "sub:Export"
39133 You should at least see the menu entry
39138 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39139 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39140 \begin_inset space ~
39144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39146 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39151 \begin_inset Index idx
39154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39155 Reconfiguration of LyX
39163 \begin_layout Standard
39164 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39165 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39166 \begin_inset space ~
39170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39172 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39177 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39180 \begin_layout Subsection
39184 \begin_layout Standard
39185 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39186 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39189 \begin_layout Subsection
39190 Update (Other Formats)
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39195 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39198 \begin_layout Subsection
39199 View Master Document
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39203 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39219 \begin_inset space ~
39224 manual for more information on this topic).
39225 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39226 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39231 generates the output of the whole book, while
39235 will just output the chapter alone.
39238 \begin_layout Standard
39239 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39240 in the preferences (see sec.
39241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39251 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39258 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39265 \begin_layout Subsection
39266 Update Master Document
39269 \begin_layout Standard
39270 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39286 \begin_inset space ~
39291 manual for more information on this topic).
39292 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39293 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39296 \begin_layout Standard
39297 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39298 in the preferences (see sec.
39299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39305 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39309 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39316 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39323 \begin_layout Subsection
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39328 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39329 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39330 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39331 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39332 or more documents at the same time.
39333 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39340 \begin_layout Subsection
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39345 Closes a split view.
39348 \begin_layout Subsection
39352 \begin_layout Standard
39353 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39354 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39355 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39356 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39357 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39360 \begin_layout Subsection
39362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39364 name "sub:Toolbars"
39369 \begin_inset Index idx
39372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39381 \begin_layout Standard
39382 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39383 All toolbars and the
39386 \begin_inset space ~
39391 can be turned on and off.
39396 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39408 \begin_inset space ~
39416 \begin_inset space ~
39425 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39429 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39436 \begin_layout Standard
39441 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39445 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39446 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39447 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39448 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39449 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39452 \begin_layout Standard
39453 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39454 \begin_inset space ~
39458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39460 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39467 \begin_layout Section
39469 \begin_inset Index idx
39472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39481 \begin_layout Subsection
39485 \begin_layout Standard
39486 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39487 \begin_inset space ~
39491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39493 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39504 \begin_layout Subsection
39506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39508 name "sub:Special-Character"
39515 \begin_layout Standard
39516 Here you can insert the following characters:
39519 \begin_layout Description
39520 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39521 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39522 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39523 \begin_inset Newline newline
39527 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39535 Not all characters will be visible in the
39539 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39551 ) can display every character.
39559 \begin_layout Description
39560 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39564 \begin_layout Description
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39570 \begin_inset space ~
39573 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39580 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39587 \begin_layout Description
39589 \begin_inset space ~
39592 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39595 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39605 \begin_layout Description
39607 \begin_inset space ~
39610 Quote Inserts this quote:
39611 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39617 \begin_layout Description
39619 \begin_inset space ~
39622 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39626 \begin_layout Description
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39631 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39635 \begin_layout Description
39637 \begin_inset space ~
39640 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39644 \begin_layout Description
39646 \begin_inset space ~
39650 \begin_inset Index idx
39653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39660 \begin_inset Index idx
39663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39664 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39669 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39670 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39671 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39676 \begin_inset Index idx
39679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39680 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39686 \begin_inset Newline newline
39689 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39693 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39701 and this Wiki-page:
39702 \begin_inset Newline newline
39706 \begin_inset Flex URL
39709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39711 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39719 \begin_layout Subsection
39723 \begin_layout Standard
39724 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39727 \begin_layout Description
39728 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39729 \begin_inset script superscript
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39740 \begin_layout Description
39741 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39742 \begin_inset script subscript
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39753 \begin_layout Description
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39765 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39772 \begin_layout Description
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39777 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39784 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39791 \begin_layout Description
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39803 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39810 \begin_layout Description
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39822 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39829 \begin_layout Description
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39834 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39841 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39853 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39860 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39867 \begin_layout Description
39868 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39875 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39882 \begin_layout Description
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39887 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39894 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39906 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39913 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39920 \begin_layout Description
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39929 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39936 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39943 \begin_layout Description
39945 \begin_inset space ~
39948 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39949 text line to the page border, see section
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39956 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39963 \begin_layout Description
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39968 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39975 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39982 \begin_layout Description
39984 \begin_inset space ~
39987 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39988 text page to the page border, described in section
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39995 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40002 \begin_layout Description
40004 \begin_inset space ~
40007 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40014 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40021 \begin_layout Description
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40030 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40037 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40044 \begin_layout Subsection
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40050 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40058 reference "sec:toc"
40063 The index list is described in section
40064 \begin_inset space ~
40068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40070 reference "sec:Index"
40074 , the nomenclature in section
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40081 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40085 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40086 \begin_inset space ~
40090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40092 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40099 \begin_layout Subsection
40103 \begin_layout Standard
40104 To insert floats, described in section
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40111 reference "sec:Floats"
40118 \begin_layout Subsection
40122 \begin_layout Standard
40123 To insert notes, described in section
40124 \begin_inset space ~
40128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40130 reference "sec:Notes"
40137 \begin_layout Subsection
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40142 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40143 \begin_inset space ~
40147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40149 reference "sec:Branches"
40156 \begin_layout Subsection
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40161 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40162 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40164 An example is the document class
40165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40172 with three custom insets.
40175 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40181 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40184 \begin_layout Subsection
40186 \begin_inset Index idx
40189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40198 \begin_layout Standard
40199 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40201 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40216 \begin_layout Subsection
40218 \begin_inset Index idx
40221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40230 \begin_layout Standard
40231 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40232 \begin_inset space ~
40236 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40238 reference "sec:Minipages"
40243 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40258 \begin_layout Subsection
40262 \begin_layout Standard
40263 Inserts a citation as described in section
40264 \begin_inset space ~
40268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40270 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40277 \begin_layout Subsection
40281 \begin_layout Standard
40282 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40283 \begin_inset space ~
40287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40289 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40296 \begin_layout Subsection
40300 \begin_layout Standard
40301 Inserts a label as described in section
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40308 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40315 \begin_layout Subsection
40317 \begin_inset Index idx
40320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40327 \begin_inset Index idx
40330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40331 Longtables ! Caption
40339 \begin_layout Standard
40340 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40341 Floats are described in section
40342 \begin_inset space ~
40346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40348 reference "sec:Floats"
40352 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40359 \begin_inset space ~
40367 \begin_layout Subsection
40371 \begin_layout Standard
40372 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40373 \begin_inset space ~
40377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40379 reference "sec:Index"
40386 \begin_layout Subsection
40390 \begin_layout Standard
40391 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40392 \begin_inset space ~
40396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40398 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40405 \begin_layout Subsection
40409 \begin_layout Standard
40411 Tables are described in section
40412 \begin_inset space ~
40416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40418 reference "sec:Tables"
40425 \begin_layout Subsection
40429 \begin_layout Standard
40431 Graphics are described in section
40432 \begin_inset space ~
40436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40438 reference "sec:Graphics"
40445 \begin_layout Subsection
40449 \begin_layout Standard
40450 Inserts a URL as described in section
40451 \begin_inset space ~
40455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40457 reference "sub:URLs"
40464 \begin_layout Subsection
40468 \begin_layout Standard
40469 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40470 \begin_inset space ~
40474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40476 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40483 \begin_layout Subsection
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 Inserts a footnote, see section
40489 \begin_inset space ~
40493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40495 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40502 \begin_layout Subsection
40506 \begin_layout Standard
40507 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40508 \begin_inset space ~
40512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40514 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40521 \begin_layout Subsection
40525 \begin_layout Standard
40526 Inserts a short title, see section
40527 \begin_inset space ~
40531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40533 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40540 \begin_layout Subsection
40544 \begin_layout Standard
40545 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40546 \begin_inset space ~
40550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40552 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40559 \begin_layout Subsection
40561 \begin_inset Index idx
40564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40573 \begin_layout Standard
40574 Inserts a program listings box.
40575 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40577 Program Code Listings
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40590 \begin_layout Subsection
40594 \begin_layout Standard
40595 Inserts the actual date.
40596 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40598 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40606 \begin_inset space ~
40614 \begin_layout Subsection
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40619 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40626 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40633 \begin_layout Section
40635 \begin_inset Index idx
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40647 \begin_layout Standard
40648 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40652 of the current document.
40653 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40656 \begin_layout Subsection
40660 \begin_layout Standard
40661 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40662 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40668 \begin_inset space \space{}
40672 \begin_inset space ~
40676 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40677 \begin_inset space ~
40680 2.5 and use the submenu
40683 \begin_inset space ~
40687 \begin_inset space ~
40694 \begin_inset space ~
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40704 \begin_inset space ~
40710 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40714 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40720 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40726 \begin_layout Standard
40727 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40728 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40731 \begin_layout Subsection
40732 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40735 \begin_layout Standard
40736 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40740 \begin_layout Subsection
40744 \begin_layout Standard
40745 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40746 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40747 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40751 \begin_inset space ~
40755 \begin_inset space ~
40763 \begin_layout Subsection
40767 \begin_layout Standard
40768 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40769 in the output, see section
40772 \begin_inset space ~
40780 \begin_inset space ~
40785 manual for a detailed description.
40788 \begin_layout Section
40790 \begin_inset Index idx
40793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40802 \begin_layout Subsection
40806 \begin_layout Standard
40807 Change Tracking is described in section
40808 \begin_inset space ~
40812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40814 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40821 \begin_layout Subsection
40826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40836 \begin_layout Standard
40837 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40839 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40842 \begin_layout Standard
40843 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40848 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40851 \begin_layout Subsection
40855 \begin_layout Standard
40856 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40857 \begin_inset space ~
40861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40863 reference "sec:Navigating"
40868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40870 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40877 \begin_layout Subsection
40878 Start Appendix Here
40881 \begin_layout Standard
40882 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40883 position as described in section
40884 \begin_inset space ~
40888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40890 reference "sec:Appendices"
40897 \begin_layout Subsection
40901 \begin_layout Standard
40902 Un/compresses the current document.
40905 \begin_layout Subsection
40909 \begin_layout Standard
40910 The document settings are described in appendix
40911 \begin_inset space ~
40915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40917 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40924 \begin_layout Section
40926 \begin_inset Index idx
40929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40938 \begin_layout Subsection
40942 \begin_layout Standard
40943 Spell checking is explained in section
40944 \begin_inset space ~
40948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40950 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40957 \begin_layout Subsection
40961 \begin_layout Standard
40962 The thesaurus is described in section
40963 \begin_inset space ~
40967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40969 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40976 \begin_layout Subsection
40978 \begin_inset Index idx
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40988 \begin_inset Index idx
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_layout Standard
41001 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41005 \begin_layout Subsection
41007 \begin_inset Index idx
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41019 \begin_layout Standard
41020 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41024 \begin_layout Subsection
41026 \begin_inset Index idx
41029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 Reconfiguration of LyX
41045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 \begin_inset Index idx
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 Reconfiguration of LyX
41070 \begin_layout Standard
41071 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41072 and programs it needs; see also section
41073 \begin_inset space ~
41077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41079 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41086 \begin_layout Subsection
41090 \begin_layout Standard
41091 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41092 \begin_inset space ~
41096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41098 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41105 \begin_layout Section
41107 \begin_inset Index idx
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 \begin_layout Standard
41120 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41122 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41126 \begin_layout Standard
41130 \begin_inset space ~
41135 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41136 found by LyX (see also section
41137 \begin_inset space ~
41141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41143 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41150 \begin_layout Section
41152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41154 name "sec:Toolbars"
41161 \begin_layout Standard
41162 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41163 \begin_inset space ~
41167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41169 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41178 This is described in the
41180 Additional Features
41185 \begin_layout Subsection
41187 \begin_inset Index idx
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41199 \begin_layout Standard
41200 \begin_inset Graphics
41201 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41209 \begin_layout Standard
41210 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41216 \begin_layout Standard
41217 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41234 \begin_inset Note Note
41237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41238 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41243 manual for more information.
41251 \begin_layout Standard
41252 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41258 \begin_layout Standard
41259 \begin_inset Tabular
41260 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41261 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41263 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41269 \begin_inset Graphics
41270 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 pull-down box for the environments
41297 \begin_layout Standard
41298 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41304 \begin_layout Standard
41306 \begin_inset Tabular
41307 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41308 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41309 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41310 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41334 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41394 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41410 arg "dialog-show print"
41418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41424 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41431 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41440 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41454 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41521 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41574 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41620 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41658 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41672 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41673 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41701 Emphasize text, function of the
41703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41737 Set text to noun style, function of the
41739 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41741 \begin_inset space ~
41752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41761 arg "textstyle-apply"
41769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 Formats text using the current settings in the
41775 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41812 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41814 \begin_inset space ~
41823 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41832 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41860 arg "tabular-insert"
41868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 Toggle outline window on/off,
41904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41920 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41932 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41938 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41947 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41959 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41972 \begin_layout Subsection
41974 \begin_inset Index idx
41977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41986 \begin_layout Standard
41987 \begin_inset Graphics
41988 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41996 \begin_layout Standard
41997 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42003 \begin_layout Standard
42004 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42008 \begin_layout Standard
42009 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42015 \begin_layout Standard
42016 \begin_inset Tabular
42017 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42018 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42019 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42020 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42057 arg "layout Enumerate"
42065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42084 arg "layout Itemize"
42092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42102 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42138 arg "layout Description"
42146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42165 arg "depth-increment"
42173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42181 \begin_inset space ~
42185 \begin_inset space ~
42194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42203 arg "depth-decrement"
42211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42217 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42219 \begin_inset space ~
42223 \begin_inset space ~
42232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 arg "float-insert figure"
42249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42256 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42263 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42272 arg "float-insert table"
42280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42287 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42333 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42409 \begin_inset space ~
42418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 arg "nomencl-insert"
42435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42443 \begin_inset space ~
42452 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42461 arg "footnote-insert"
42469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42507 \begin_inset space ~
42516 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42540 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42542 \begin_inset space ~
42551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42651 \begin_inset space ~
42660 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42669 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42684 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42700 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42715 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42717 \begin_inset space ~
42726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42735 arg "dialog-show character"
42743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42749 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42751 \begin_inset space ~
42760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42769 arg "layout-paragraph"
42777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42783 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42785 \begin_inset space ~
42794 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42803 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42817 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42831 \begin_layout Subsection
42832 View / Update Toolbar
42833 \begin_inset Index idx
42836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42837 Toolbar ! View / Update
42845 \begin_layout Standard
42846 \begin_inset Graphics
42847 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42854 \begin_layout Standard
42855 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42861 \begin_layout Standard
42862 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42866 \begin_layout Standard
42867 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42873 \begin_layout Standard
42874 \begin_inset Tabular
42875 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42876 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42877 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42878 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42879 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42902 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42918 arg "buffer-update"
42926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42932 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42948 arg "master-buffer-view"
42956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42962 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42978 arg "master-buffer-update"
42986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42992 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42994 \begin_inset space ~
43003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43026 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43027 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43028 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43029 Synchronize with Output
43035 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43040 \begin_inset Graphics
43041 filename ../images/view-others.png
43043 groupId toolbarbuttons
43054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43061 View (Other Formats)
43067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43072 \begin_inset Graphics
43073 filename ../images/update-others.png
43075 groupId toolbarbuttons
43084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43091 Update (Other Formats)
43104 \begin_layout Standard
43105 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43109 \begin_layout Subsection
43113 \begin_layout Standard
43114 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43115 \begin_inset space ~
43119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43121 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43125 , the table toolbar
43126 \begin_inset Index idx
43129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43138 \begin_inset space ~
43143 manual, the math macro toolbar
43144 \begin_inset Index idx
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43160 \begin_layout Chapter
43161 The Document Settings
43162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43164 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43169 \begin_inset Index idx
43172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43173 Document ! Settings
43181 \begin_layout Standard
43182 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43183 whole document and is called with the menu
43185 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43189 You can save your document settings as default with the
43191 Save as Document Defaults
43193 button in the dialog.
43194 This will create a template named
43198 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43202 \begin_layout Standard
43207 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43208 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43211 \begin_layout Standard
43212 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43215 \begin_layout Section
43219 \begin_layout Standard
43220 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43222 Document classes are described in section
43223 \begin_inset space ~
43227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43229 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43237 \begin_layout Standard
43241 \begin_inset space ~
43246 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43250 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43251 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43253 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43262 \begin_layout Standard
43263 Some classes use special class options by default.
43264 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43268 and you can decide to use them or not.
43269 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43270 recommended to leave them untouched.
43275 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43280 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43281 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43287 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43288 \begin_inset Newline newline
43293 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43296 \begin_inset Newline newline
43299 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43305 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43307 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43319 \begin_layout Standard
43320 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43322 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43323 document is opened without its master.
43324 This way child documents are always compilable.
43325 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43332 \begin_inset space ~
43340 \begin_layout Standard
43341 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43351 \begin_inset Index idx
43354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43355 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43361 \begin_inset Index idx
43364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43370 for cross-references, see sec.
43371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43377 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43384 \begin_layout Section
43388 \begin_layout Standard
43389 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43390 Please refer to the section
43393 \begin_inset space ~
43401 \begin_inset space ~
43406 manual for details.
43409 \begin_layout Section
43413 \begin_layout Standard
43414 Modules are explained in section
43415 \begin_inset space ~
43419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43421 reference "sub:Modules"
43428 \begin_layout Section
43432 \begin_layout Standard
43434 \begin_inset space ~
43438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43440 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43447 \begin_layout Section
43451 \begin_layout Standard
43452 The document font settings are described in section
43453 \begin_inset space ~
43457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43459 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43466 \begin_layout Section
43470 \begin_layout Standard
43471 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43473 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43475 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325640630
43476 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43477 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43482 \begin_layout Standard
43483 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43484 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43486 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43489 \begin_layout Section
43493 \begin_layout Standard
43494 A description of this menu is given in section
43495 \begin_inset space ~
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43501 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43508 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43515 \begin_layout Section
43519 \begin_layout Standard
43520 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43521 \begin_inset space ~
43525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43527 reference "sub:Margins"
43534 \begin_layout Section
43536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43538 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43543 \begin_inset Index idx
43546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43547 Language ! Encoding
43555 \begin_layout Standard
43556 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43557 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43558 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43559 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43560 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43561 known for a particular character).
43565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43566 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43571 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43576 manual for details.
43584 \begin_layout Standard
43585 If you use the option
43589 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43590 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43591 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43592 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43593 exactly one encoding.
43594 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43597 \begin_layout Standard
43598 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43599 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43600 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43601 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43602 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43603 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43608 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43609 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43610 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43611 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43612 engines to standard LaTeX.
43613 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43614 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43617 \begin_inset space ~
43624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43636 \begin_inset space ~
43643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43655 \begin_inset space ~
43661 \begin_inset space ~
43665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43667 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43672 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43676 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43679 \begin_layout Standard
43683 \begin_inset space ~
43688 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43698 The possible settings are:
43701 \begin_layout Description
43702 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43704 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43705 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43709 \begin_inset space ~
43713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43715 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43722 \begin_layout Description
43723 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43724 format you will use.
43725 In many cases this will be
43730 \begin_inset Index idx
43733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43734 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43740 If the newer package
43745 \begin_inset Index idx
43748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43749 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43754 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43755 this package will be used instead of
43762 \begin_layout Description
43764 \begin_inset space ~
43775 would be more appropriate.
43778 \begin_layout Description
43779 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43780 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43784 (for German texts), type in
43787 \begin_inset Newline newline
43792 usepackage{ngerman}
43795 \begin_layout Description
43796 None will not use a language package.
43797 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43800 \begin_layout Standard
43801 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43804 \begin_layout Description
43806 \begin_inset space ~
43810 \begin_inset space ~
43814 \begin_inset space ~
43821 , but the LaTeX-package
43826 \begin_inset Index idx
43829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43830 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43836 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43837 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43838 languages in TeX code.
43841 \begin_layout Description
43842 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43843 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43844 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43847 \begin_layout Description
43849 \begin_inset space ~
43853 \begin_inset space ~
43856 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43859 \begin_layout Description
43861 \begin_inset space ~
43865 \begin_inset space ~
43868 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43871 \begin_layout Description
43873 \begin_inset space ~
43876 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43879 \begin_layout Description
43881 \begin_inset space ~
43885 \begin_inset space ~
43888 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43889 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43892 \begin_layout Description
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43901 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43905 \begin_layout Description
43907 \begin_inset space ~
43911 \begin_inset space ~
43914 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43915 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43918 \begin_layout Description
43920 \begin_inset space ~
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43931 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43932 \begin_inset space ~
43938 \begin_layout Description
43940 \begin_inset space ~
43944 \begin_inset space ~
43948 \begin_inset space ~
43951 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43952 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43955 \begin_layout Description
43957 \begin_inset space ~
43961 \begin_inset space ~
43964 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43965 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43966 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43967 \begin_inset space ~
43971 \begin_inset space ~
43977 \begin_layout Description
43979 \begin_inset space ~
43983 \begin_inset space ~
43986 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43987 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43988 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43989 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43990 \begin_inset space ~
43994 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_layout Description
44002 \begin_inset space ~
44006 \begin_inset space ~
44009 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44012 \begin_layout Description
44014 \begin_inset space ~
44018 \begin_inset space ~
44021 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44024 \begin_layout Description
44026 \begin_inset space ~
44030 \begin_inset space ~
44033 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44036 \begin_layout Description
44038 \begin_inset space ~
44041 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44044 \begin_layout Description
44046 \begin_inset space ~
44049 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44052 \begin_layout Description
44054 \begin_inset space ~
44058 \begin_inset space ~
44061 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44064 \begin_layout Description
44066 \begin_inset space ~
44070 \begin_inset space ~
44076 \begin_layout Description
44078 \begin_inset space ~
44082 \begin_inset space ~
44085 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44088 \begin_layout Description
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44100 \begin_layout Description
44102 \begin_inset space ~
44106 \begin_inset space ~
44109 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44114 \begin_inset Index idx
44117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44118 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44123 , when using this, set the document language to
44128 \begin_layout Description
44130 \begin_inset space ~
44134 \begin_inset space ~
44137 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44141 , when using this, set the document language to
44144 \begin_inset space ~
44150 \begin_layout Description
44152 \begin_inset space ~
44156 \begin_inset space ~
44159 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44164 \begin_inset Index idx
44167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44168 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44173 , when using this, set the document language to
44178 \begin_layout Description
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44184 \begin_inset space ~
44187 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44191 , when using this, set the document language to
44196 \begin_layout Description
44198 \begin_inset space ~
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44205 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44209 , when using this, set the document language to
44214 \begin_layout Description
44216 \begin_inset space ~
44219 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44222 \begin_layout Description
44224 \begin_inset space ~
44228 \begin_inset space ~
44232 \begin_inset space ~
44235 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44238 \begin_layout Description
44240 \begin_inset space ~
44244 \begin_inset space ~
44248 \begin_inset space ~
44251 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44252 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44253 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44256 \begin_layout Description
44258 \begin_inset space ~
44262 \begin_inset space ~
44268 \begin_layout Description
44270 \begin_inset space ~
44274 \begin_inset space ~
44277 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44278 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44281 \begin_layout Description
44283 \begin_inset space ~
44287 \begin_inset space ~
44290 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44295 \begin_inset Index idx
44298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44299 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44304 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44307 \begin_layout Description
44309 \begin_inset space ~
44313 \begin_inset space ~
44316 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44324 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44329 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44331 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44334 \begin_layout Description
44336 \begin_inset space ~
44340 \begin_inset space ~
44343 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44348 \begin_inset Index idx
44351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44352 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44357 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44360 \begin_layout Description
44362 \begin_inset space ~
44365 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44370 \begin_inset Index idx
44373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44374 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44380 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44384 \begin_layout Description
44386 \begin_inset space ~
44390 \begin_inset space ~
44394 \begin_inset space ~
44397 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44398 \begin_inset space ~
44404 \begin_layout Description
44406 \begin_inset space ~
44410 \begin_inset space ~
44414 \begin_inset space ~
44417 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44418 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44419 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44423 \begin_layout Description
44425 \begin_inset space ~
44429 \begin_inset space ~
44433 \begin_inset space ~
44436 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44437 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44440 \begin_layout Standard
44441 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44450 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44454 for more information on the language package.
44457 \begin_layout Section
44459 \begin_inset Index idx
44462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44469 \begin_inset Index idx
44472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44481 \begin_layout Standard
44482 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44484 \begin_inset space ~
44487 out notes (default: light grey).
44492 sets the color back to the default.
44495 \begin_layout Standard
44496 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44498 \begin_inset space ~
44501 boxes (default: red).
44504 \begin_layout Standard
44505 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44509 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44511 \begin_inset space ~
44514 out note appears blue in the output.)
44522 \begin_layout Standard
44523 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44526 \begin_inset space ~
44531 in the document settings under
44534 \begin_inset space ~
44539 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44542 \begin_inset space ~
44550 \begin_inset space ~
44556 For example the option
44559 \begin_layout Standard
44565 \begin_layout Standard
44566 sets the link text color to black.
44567 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44572 \begin_inset Index idx
44575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44576 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44591 \begin_layout Standard
44592 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44598 \begin_layout Standard
44599 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44600 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44601 \begin_inset space ~
44604 Code behind a forced page break:
44607 \begin_layout Itemize
44608 For the page color:
44609 \begin_inset Newline newline
44616 pagecolor{color name}
44619 \begin_layout Itemize
44620 For the text color:
44621 \begin_inset Newline newline
44631 \begin_layout Standard
44632 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44665 \begin_inset Newline newline
44668 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44672 \begin_layout Itemize
44673 For the page background color:
44674 \begin_inset Newline newline
44679 page_backgroundcolor
44682 \begin_layout Itemize
44683 For the main text color:
44684 \begin_inset Newline newline
44692 \begin_layout Itemize
44694 \begin_inset space ~
44697 box background color:
44698 \begin_inset Newline newline
44706 \begin_layout Itemize
44708 \begin_inset space ~
44711 out note text color:
44712 \begin_inset Newline newline
44720 \begin_layout Standard
44721 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44724 \begin_inset space ~
44732 \begin_inset space ~
44740 \begin_layout Section
44744 \begin_layout Standard
44745 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44746 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44747 \begin_inset space ~
44751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44753 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44760 \begin_layout Section
44764 \begin_layout Standard
44765 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44770 \begin_inset Index idx
44773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44774 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44784 \begin_inset Index idx
44787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44788 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44794 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44799 \begin_inset Index idx
44802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44803 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44808 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44810 For a further description see section
44811 \begin_inset space ~
44815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44817 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44824 \begin_layout Section
44828 \begin_layout Standard
44829 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44830 and you can define additional indexes.
44831 Please refer to section
44832 \begin_inset space ~
44836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44838 reference "sec:Index"
44845 \begin_layout Section
44849 \begin_layout Standard
44850 The PDF properties are explained in section
44851 \begin_inset space ~
44855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44857 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44864 \begin_layout Section
44868 \begin_layout Standard
44869 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44874 \begin_inset Index idx
44877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44878 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44888 \begin_inset Index idx
44891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44892 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44902 \begin_inset Index idx
44905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44906 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44916 \begin_inset Index idx
44919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44920 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44925 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44928 \begin_layout Description
44929 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44930 ensure that you have enabled
44933 \begin_inset space ~
44941 \begin_layout Description
44942 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44945 \begin_inset space ~
44957 \begin_layout Description
44958 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44969 \begin_layout Description
44970 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44972 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44981 \begin_layout Section
44985 \begin_layout Standard
44986 The float placement options are described in section
44989 \begin_inset space ~
44997 \begin_inset space ~
45005 \begin_layout Section
45009 \begin_layout Standard
45010 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45012 Program Code Listings
45017 \begin_inset space ~
45025 \begin_layout Section
45029 \begin_layout Standard
45030 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45031 The itemize environment is described in section
45032 \begin_inset space ~
45036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45038 reference "sec:Itemize"
45045 \begin_layout Section
45049 \begin_layout Standard
45050 Branches are described in section
45051 \begin_inset space ~
45055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45057 reference "sec:Branches"
45064 \begin_layout Section
45066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45068 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45075 \begin_layout Standard
45076 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45079 \begin_layout Description
45081 \begin_inset space ~
45085 \begin_inset space ~
45088 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45108 View Master Document
45109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45116 Update Master Document
45117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45124 menu or the toolbar.
45125 The default is set in
45127 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45128 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45138 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45145 \begin_layout Description
45147 \begin_inset space ~
45151 \begin_inset space ~
45154 Output settings for the menu
45156 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45158 \begin_inset space ~
45164 For a detailed description see section
45166 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45171 \begin_inset space ~
45179 \begin_layout Description
45181 \begin_inset space ~
45185 \begin_inset space ~
45188 Options settings for the export format
45196 \begin_inset space ~
45201 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45202 \begin_inset space ~
45205 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45209 \begin_inset space ~
45214 settings are described in detail in section
45216 Math Output in XHTML
45221 \begin_inset space ~
45227 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45230 \begin_layout Section
45235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45245 \begin_layout Standard
45246 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45247 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45248 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45249 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45253 \begin_layout Standard
45254 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45255 \begin_inset space ~
45259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45261 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45268 \begin_layout Chapter
45274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45276 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45281 \begin_inset Index idx
45284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45293 \begin_layout Standard
45294 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45296 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45300 It has the following submenus.
45303 \begin_layout Section
45307 \begin_layout Subsection
45311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45312 User Interface File
45313 \begin_inset Index idx
45316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45317 Customization ! of toolbars
45323 \begin_inset Index idx
45326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45327 Customization ! of menus
45335 \begin_layout Standard
45336 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45337 interface (ui) file.
45338 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45339 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45348 Both files are loaded by the
45353 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45354 files and edit the entries.
45357 \begin_layout Standard
45358 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45370 entries must be finished with an explicit
45395 and in the case of the
45396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45408 The syntax for the entries is:
45411 \begin_layout Standard
45412 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45440 \begin_layout Standard
45442 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45445 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45447 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45449 \begin_inset space ~
45457 \begin_layout Standard
45458 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45464 \begin_layout Standard
45465 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45467 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45470 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45474 \begin_layout Standard
45475 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45499 \begin_layout Standard
45501 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45512 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45519 \begin_layout Standard
45520 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45521 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45522 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45525 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45536 \begin_layout Standard
45539 Enable tool tips in main work area
45541 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45549 \begin_layout Standard
45552 Restore window layouts and geometries
45554 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45555 in the last LyX session.
45558 \begin_layout Standard
45561 Restore cursor positions
45563 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45567 \begin_layout Standard
45570 Load opened files from last session
45572 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45575 \begin_layout Standard
45578 Clear all session information
45580 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45581 of last opened documents, etc.).
45584 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45588 name "sub:Backup documents"
45593 \begin_inset Index idx
45596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45605 \begin_layout Standard
45608 Backup original documents when saving
45610 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45611 it was saved the last time.
45612 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45615 \begin_inset space ~
45621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45623 reference "sec:Paths"
45628 The backup file has the file extension
45629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45643 \begin_layout Standard
45646 Backup documents, every
45648 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45651 \begin_layout Standard
45654 Save documents compressed by default
45656 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45659 \begin_layout Standard
45664 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45667 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45669 \begin_inset space ~
45677 \begin_layout Standard
45680 Open documents in tabs
45682 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45686 \begin_layout Standard
45691 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45697 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45703 reference "sec:Paths"
45707 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45713 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45715 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45718 \begin_layout Standard
45721 Single close-tab button
45723 there will only be one button (
45726 \begin_inset Graphics
45727 filename ../images/closetab.png
45734 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45735 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45738 \begin_layout Standard
45739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45747 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45755 \begin_layout Subsection
45757 \begin_inset Index idx
45760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45769 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45776 \begin_layout Standard
45777 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45780 \begin_layout Standard
45781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45789 This section only deals with the fonts
45794 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45797 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45798 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45809 \begin_layout Standard
45810 By default, LyX uses
45814 as roman (serif) font,
45822 (depends on the system) as
45825 \begin_inset space ~
45841 \begin_layout Standard
45842 You can change the font size with the
45849 \begin_layout Standard
45854 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45859 points have the size of 1
45860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45864 \begin_inset space ~
45868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45870 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45875 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45880 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45881 \begin_inset space ~
45885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45887 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45894 \begin_layout Standard
45897 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45899 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45900 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45901 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45902 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45904 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45905 \begin_inset space ~
45911 \begin_layout Subsection
45913 \begin_inset Index idx
45916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45923 \begin_inset Index idx
45926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45935 \begin_layout Standard
45936 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45937 Choose an item in the list and use the
45944 \begin_layout Standard
45945 By using the option
45949 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45952 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45953 \begin_inset space ~
45957 \begin_inset space ~
45962 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45965 \begin_layout Subsection
45967 \begin_inset Index idx
45970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45979 \begin_layout Standard
45980 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45983 \begin_layout Standard
45988 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45989 This feature is described in section
45990 \begin_inset space ~
45994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45996 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46003 \begin_layout Standard
46007 \begin_inset space ~
46011 \begin_inset space ~
46015 \begin_inset space ~
46020 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46023 \begin_layout Section
46025 \begin_inset Index idx
46028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46037 \begin_layout Subsection
46041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46045 \begin_layout Standard
46048 Cursor follows scrollbar
46050 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46054 \begin_layout Standard
46055 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46056 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46057 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46060 \begin_layout Standard
46063 Scroll below end of document
46065 is self-explanatory.
46068 \begin_layout Standard
46069 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46076 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46078 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46079 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46082 \begin_layout Standard
46085 Sort environments alphabetically
46087 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46090 \begin_layout Standard
46093 Group environments by their category
46095 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46098 \begin_layout Standard
46099 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46111 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46115 \begin_layout Standard
46116 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46121 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46122 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46126 \begin_layout Subsection
46128 \begin_inset Index idx
46131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46138 \begin_inset Index idx
46141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46142 Settings ! Shortcuts
46150 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46154 \begin_layout Standard
46155 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46156 Several binding files are available:
46159 \begin_layout Description
46160 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46163 \begin_layout Description
46164 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46175 \begin_layout Description
46176 mac.bind set of bindings for
46179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46187 \begin_layout Standard
46188 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46192 , and bind files for special languages.
46193 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46194 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46198 \begin_inset space \space{}
46202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46210 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46214 \begin_layout Standard
46215 Some bind-files, like
46219 , have only a small scope.
46220 When looking at the end of the file
46224 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46227 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46231 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46236 \begin_inset Index idx
46239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46240 Key Bindings ! Editing
46248 \begin_layout Standard
46249 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46250 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46251 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46254 Show key-bindings containing
46257 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46258 Insert there for example as keyword
46259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46266 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46276 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46277 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46281 that you will find in the
46288 \begin_layout Standard
46290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46294 \begin_inset space \space{}
46305 , select the function and press the
46310 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46311 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46312 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46313 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46314 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46316 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46318 The binding for the function
46322 is an example of this.
46325 \begin_layout Standard
46326 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46328 The syntax of the entries is:
46331 \begin_layout Standard
46337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46355 \begin_layout Subsection
46357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46359 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46364 \begin_inset Index idx
46367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46374 \begin_inset Index idx
46377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46378 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46386 \begin_layout Standard
46387 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46388 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46394 \begin_inset space \space{}
46397 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46398 can use the keyboard map file named
46405 \begin_layout Standard
46406 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46414 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46422 \begin_layout Standard
46423 You can furthermore specify here the
46425 Wheel scrolling speed
46428 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46432 \begin_layout Standard
46437 you can select a key for zooming.
46438 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46441 \begin_layout Subsection
46445 \begin_layout Standard
46446 Input completion is described in sec.
46447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46453 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46460 \begin_layout Section
46462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46469 \begin_inset Index idx
46472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46479 \begin_inset Index idx
46482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46491 \begin_layout Description
46493 \begin_inset space ~
46496 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46497 It is the default when you
46508 \begin_inset space ~
46516 \begin_layout Description
46518 \begin_inset space ~
46521 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46523 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46525 \begin_inset space ~
46529 \begin_inset space ~
46537 \begin_layout Description
46539 \begin_inset space ~
46542 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46548 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46552 \begin_inset Newline newline
46556 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46568 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46576 \begin_layout Description
46578 \begin_inset space ~
46582 \begin_inset Index idx
46585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46591 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46592 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46593 \begin_inset space ~
46597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46599 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46607 will be used to save the backups.
46608 \begin_inset Newline newline
46611 Backup files have the ending
46612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46622 \begin_layout Description
46627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46635 \begin_inset space ~
46638 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46639 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46640 \begin_inset Newline newline
46647 You add a BibTeX-database
46652 You can edit this file with the program
46661 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46664 \begin_inset space ~
46670 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46675 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46676 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46682 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46683 \begin_inset Newline newline
46686 The pipe is also used for the
46691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46697 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46702 \begin_inset Newline newline
46705 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46706 \begin_inset Newline newline
46722 \begin_layout Description
46724 \begin_inset space ~
46727 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46730 \begin_layout Description
46732 \begin_inset space ~
46735 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46736 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46737 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46740 \begin_layout Description
46742 \begin_inset space ~
46745 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46751 You only need to specify it if you are using
46755 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46761 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46765 \begin_layout Description
46767 \begin_inset space ~
46770 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46771 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46772 to find it on the system.
46773 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46774 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46783 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46784 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46787 \begin_layout Description
46789 \begin_inset space ~
46792 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46793 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46795 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46797 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46798 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46799 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46800 scanned for the input files.
46801 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46802 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46803 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46804 on may fail for some documents.
46807 \begin_layout Section
46811 \begin_layout Standard
46812 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46813 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46815 \begin_inset space ~
46819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46821 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46825 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46828 \begin_layout Section
46830 \begin_inset Index idx
46833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46834 Language ! Settings
46840 \begin_inset Index idx
46843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46844 Settings ! Language
46852 \begin_layout Subsection
46854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46856 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46863 \begin_layout Description
46865 \begin_inset space ~
46869 \begin_inset space ~
46872 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46873 You find the actual translation status here:
46874 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46876 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46883 \begin_layout Description
46885 \begin_inset space ~
46888 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46890 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46891 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46908 The most widespread language package is
46913 \begin_inset Index idx
46916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46917 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46922 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46923 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46924 alternative language package
46929 \begin_inset Index idx
46932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46933 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46938 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46939 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46941 The available selections are described in sec.
46942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46948 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46955 \begin_layout Description
46957 \begin_inset space ~
46960 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46961 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46962 An example is the start command
46968 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46973 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46988 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46993 \begin_layout Description
46995 \begin_inset space ~
47003 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47004 command toggles the package on and off.
47007 \begin_layout Description
47009 \begin_inset space ~
47013 \begin_inset space ~
47016 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47020 \begin_layout Description
47022 \begin_inset space ~
47026 \begin_inset space ~
47029 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47030 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47031 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47032 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47039 \begin_layout Description
47041 \begin_inset space ~
47044 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47046 When this option is not set, the
47049 \begin_inset space ~
47054 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47055 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47058 \begin_inset space ~
47066 \begin_layout Description
47068 \begin_inset space ~
47074 \begin_inset space ~
47080 When it is not set, the
47083 \begin_inset space ~
47088 is set to the end of the document.
47091 \begin_layout Description
47093 \begin_inset space ~
47097 \begin_inset space ~
47100 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47101 language will be underlined in blue.
47104 \begin_layout Description
47106 \begin_inset space ~
47110 \begin_inset space ~
47113 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47114 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47117 \begin_layout Description
47119 \begin_inset space ~
47122 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47123 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47124 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47125 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47128 \begin_layout Subsection
47132 \begin_layout Standard
47133 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47134 \begin_inset space ~
47138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47140 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47147 \begin_layout Section
47151 \begin_layout Subsection
47155 \begin_layout Description
47157 \begin_inset space ~
47161 \begin_inset space ~
47164 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47167 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47168 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47170 \begin_inset space ~
47176 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47180 \begin_layout Description
47182 \begin_inset space ~
47186 \begin_inset Index idx
47189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47196 \begin_inset Index idx
47199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47200 Settings ! Date format
47205 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47206 \begin_inset Newline newline
47210 \begin_inset Flex URL
47213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47215 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47221 \begin_inset Newline newline
47224 For example the format
47225 \begin_inset Newline newline
47229 \begin_inset Newline newline
47232 prints the date as day/month/year.
47235 \begin_layout Description
47237 \begin_inset space ~
47241 \begin_inset space ~
47244 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47247 \begin_layout Description
47249 \begin_inset space ~
47252 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47254 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47256 \begin_inset space ~
47262 For a detailed description see section
47264 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47269 \begin_inset space ~
47277 \begin_layout Subsection
47279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47286 \begin_inset Index idx
47289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47296 \begin_inset Index idx
47299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47308 \begin_layout Description
47310 \begin_inset space ~
47313 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47314 The name will be used when the
47319 \begin_inset Newline newline
47323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47331 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47339 \begin_layout Description
47341 \begin_inset space ~
47344 command is the command LyX
47345 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47352 LaTeX uses for printing.
47360 \begin_layout Description
47362 \begin_inset space ~
47366 \begin_inset space ~
47369 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47370 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47371 of the program that provides the
47378 \begin_layout Description
47380 \begin_inset space ~
47384 \begin_inset space ~
47388 \begin_inset space ~
47391 printer This option works only for the
47396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47408 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47409 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47412 \begin_layout Subsection
47417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47427 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47432 \begin_inset Index idx
47435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47444 \begin_layout Description
47446 \begin_inset space ~
47453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47461 \begin_inset space ~
47465 \begin_inset space ~
47468 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47473 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47494 are used for Cyrillic.
47495 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47508 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47509 LyX sets up in the background.
47510 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47513 \begin_layout Description
47515 \begin_inset space ~
47519 \begin_inset space ~
47522 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47527 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47530 \begin_layout Description
47532 \begin_inset space ~
47536 \begin_inset space ~
47540 \begin_inset space ~
47544 \begin_inset space ~
47547 options They only have an effect when the program
47551 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47554 \begin_layout Standard
47555 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47556 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47557 manuals of the applications.
47560 \begin_layout Description
47562 \begin_inset space ~
47565 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47566 \begin_inset space ~
47570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47572 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47579 \begin_layout Description
47581 \begin_inset space ~
47584 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47585 \begin_inset space ~
47589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47591 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47598 \begin_layout Description
47600 \begin_inset space ~
47603 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47604 \begin_inset space ~
47608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47610 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47617 \begin_layout Description
47622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47630 \begin_inset space ~
47633 command Command for the program
47637 that is described in the section
47643 Additional Features
47648 \begin_layout Standard
47649 There are additionally the following options:
47652 \begin_layout Description
47654 \begin_inset space ~
47658 \begin_inset space ~
47662 \begin_inset space ~
47666 \begin_inset space ~
47670 \begin_inset space ~
47673 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47691 to separate folders.
47692 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47693 \begin_inset Index idx
47696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47703 \begin_inset Index idx
47706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47715 \begin_layout Description
47717 \begin_inset space ~
47721 \begin_inset space ~
47725 \begin_inset space ~
47729 \begin_inset space ~
47733 \begin_inset space ~
47737 \begin_inset space ~
47740 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47742 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47745 dialog when changing the document class.
47748 \begin_layout Section
47750 \begin_inset space ~
47754 \begin_inset Index idx
47757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47766 \begin_layout Subsection
47768 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47770 name "sub:Converters"
47775 \begin_inset Index idx
47778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47787 \begin_layout Standard
47788 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47789 from one format to another.
47790 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47791 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47798 \begin_inset space ~
47808 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47812 \begin_inset space ~
47817 drop-down list, modify the
47821 field and press the
47828 \begin_layout Standard
47831 Converter File Cache
47833 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47836 Maximum Age (in days
47839 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47840 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47843 \begin_layout Standard
47844 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47845 definition, is described in the section
47856 \begin_layout Subsection
47858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47860 name "sec:File-Formats"
47865 \begin_inset Index idx
47868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47875 \begin_inset Index idx
47878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47887 \begin_layout Standard
47888 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47889 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47893 \begin_layout Standard
47894 Furthermore, you can define the
47896 Default output format
47898 that is used when you use
47900 View, Update, View Master Document
47904 Update Master Document
47910 menu or the toolbar.
47913 \begin_layout Standard
47914 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47925 \begin_layout Standard
47926 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47927 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47928 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47929 This is done by specifying a
47934 More about this is described in the section
47945 \begin_layout Chapter
47946 Units available in LyX
47947 \begin_inset Index idx
47950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47959 name "chap:Units-available-in"
47966 \begin_layout Standard
47967 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47970 reference "tab:Units"
47974 explains all units available in LyX.
47977 \begin_layout Standard
47978 \begin_inset Float table
47984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47985 \begin_inset Caption
47987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48003 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48011 \begin_inset Tabular
48012 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48013 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
48014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48166 scaled point (65536
48167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48227 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48282 % of original image width
48289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48496 \begin_layout Chapter
48498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48500 name "chap:Credits"
48507 \begin_layout Standard
48508 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48509 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48512 \begin_layout Itemize
48515 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48518 \begin_layout Itemize
48524 \begin_layout Itemize
48530 \begin_layout Itemize
48536 \begin_layout Itemize
48542 \begin_layout Itemize
48548 \begin_layout Itemize
48554 \begin_layout Itemize
48560 \begin_layout Itemize
48563 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48566 \begin_layout Itemize
48572 \begin_layout Itemize
48578 \begin_layout Itemize
48584 \begin_layout Itemize
48590 \begin_layout Itemize
48596 \begin_layout Itemize
48602 \begin_layout Itemize
48608 \begin_layout Itemize
48614 \begin_layout Itemize
48616 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48625 \begin_layout Standard
48626 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48629 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48636 \begin_layout Bibliography
48637 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48638 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48639 LatexCommand bibitem
48646 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48649 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48654 \begin_inset Newline newline
48658 \begin_inset Flex URL
48661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48663 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48671 \begin_layout Bibliography
48672 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48674 LatexCommand bibitem
48675 key "latexcompanion"
48679 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48681 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48684 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48687 \begin_layout Bibliography
48688 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48689 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48690 LatexCommand bibitem
48695 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48698 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48701 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48704 \begin_layout Bibliography
48705 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48706 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48707 LatexCommand bibitem
48714 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48717 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48720 \begin_layout Bibliography
48721 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48723 LatexCommand bibitem
48735 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48738 \begin_layout Bibliography
48739 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48740 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48741 LatexCommand bibitem
48747 \begin_inset Newline newline
48751 \begin_inset Flex URL
48754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48756 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48764 \begin_layout Bibliography
48765 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48766 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48767 LatexCommand bibitem
48773 \begin_inset Newline newline
48777 \begin_inset Flex URL
48780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48782 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48790 \begin_layout Bibliography
48791 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48793 LatexCommand bibitem
48799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48801 name "Documentation"
48802 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48811 \begin_inset Newline newline
48815 \begin_inset Flex URL
48818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48820 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48828 \begin_layout Bibliography
48829 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48830 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48831 LatexCommand bibitem
48837 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48839 name "Documentation"
48840 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48844 how to use the program
48849 \begin_inset Newline newline
48853 \begin_inset Flex URL
48856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48858 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48866 \begin_layout Bibliography
48867 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48868 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48869 LatexCommand bibitem
48875 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48877 name "Documentation"
48878 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48887 \begin_inset Newline newline
48891 \begin_inset Flex URL
48894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48896 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48904 \begin_layout Bibliography
48905 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48906 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48907 LatexCommand bibitem
48913 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48915 name "Documentation"
48916 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48925 \begin_inset Newline newline
48929 \begin_inset Flex URL
48932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48934 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48942 \begin_layout Bibliography
48943 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48944 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48945 LatexCommand bibitem
48951 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48953 name "Documentation"
48954 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48958 of the LaTeX-package
48963 \begin_inset Index idx
48966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48967 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48973 \begin_inset Newline newline
48977 \begin_inset Flex URL
48980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48982 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48990 \begin_layout Bibliography
48991 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48992 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48993 LatexCommand bibitem
48999 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49001 name "Documentation"
49002 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49006 of the LaTeX-package
49011 \begin_inset Index idx
49014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49015 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49021 \begin_inset Newline newline
49025 \begin_inset Flex URL
49028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49030 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49038 \begin_layout Bibliography
49039 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49040 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49041 LatexCommand bibitem
49047 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49049 name "Documentation"
49050 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49054 of the LaTeX-package
49059 \begin_inset Index idx
49062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49063 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49069 \begin_inset Newline newline
49073 \begin_inset Flex URL
49076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49078 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49086 \begin_layout Bibliography
49087 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49088 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49089 LatexCommand bibitem
49097 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49099 name "Documentation"
49100 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49106 of the LaTeX-package
49111 \begin_inset Index idx
49114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49115 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49121 \begin_inset Newline newline
49125 \begin_inset Flex URL
49128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49130 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49138 \begin_layout Bibliography
49139 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49140 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49141 LatexCommand bibitem
49147 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49149 name "Documentation"
49150 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49154 of the LaTeX-package
49159 \begin_inset Index idx
49162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49163 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49169 \begin_inset Newline newline
49173 \begin_inset Flex URL
49176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49178 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49186 \begin_layout Bibliography
49187 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49188 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49189 LatexCommand bibitem
49195 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49197 name "Documentation"
49198 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49202 of the LaTeX-package
49207 \begin_inset Index idx
49210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49211 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49217 \begin_inset Newline newline
49221 \begin_inset Flex URL
49224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49226 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49234 \begin_layout Bibliography
49235 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49236 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49237 LatexCommand bibitem
49243 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49245 name "Documentation"
49246 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49250 of the LaTeX-package
49255 \begin_inset Index idx
49258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49259 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49265 \begin_inset Newline newline
49269 \begin_inset Flex URL
49272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49274 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49282 \begin_layout Bibliography
49283 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49284 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49285 LatexCommand bibitem
49291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49293 name "Documentation"
49294 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49298 of the LaTeX-package
49303 \begin_inset Index idx
49306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49307 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49313 \begin_inset Newline newline
49317 \begin_inset Flex URL
49320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49322 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49330 \begin_layout Bibliography
49331 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49332 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49333 LatexCommand bibitem
49339 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49342 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49346 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49347 \begin_inset Newline newline
49351 \begin_inset Flex URL
49354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49356 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49364 \begin_layout Bibliography
49365 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49366 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49367 LatexCommand bibitem
49373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49376 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49380 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49381 \begin_inset Newline newline
49385 \begin_inset Flex URL
49388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49390 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49398 \begin_layout Bibliography
49399 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49400 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49401 LatexCommand bibitem
49407 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49410 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49414 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49415 \begin_inset Newline newline
49419 \begin_inset Flex URL
49422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49424 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49432 \begin_layout Bibliography
49433 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49434 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49435 LatexCommand bibitem
49441 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49444 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49448 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49449 \begin_inset Newline newline
49453 \begin_inset Flex URL
49456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49458 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49466 \begin_layout Bibliography
49467 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49468 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49469 LatexCommand bibitem
49475 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49478 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49482 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49483 \begin_inset Newline newline
49487 \begin_inset Flex URL
49490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49492 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49500 \begin_layout Bibliography
49501 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49502 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49503 LatexCommand bibitem
49509 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49512 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49516 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49517 \begin_inset Newline newline
49521 \begin_inset Flex URL
49524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49526 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49534 \begin_layout Bibliography
49535 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49536 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49537 LatexCommand bibitem
49543 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49546 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49550 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49551 \begin_inset Newline newline
49555 \begin_inset Flex URL
49558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49560 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49568 \begin_layout Bibliography
49569 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49570 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49571 LatexCommand bibitem
49577 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49580 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49584 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49585 \begin_inset Newline newline
49589 \begin_inset Flex URL
49592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49594 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49602 \begin_layout Bibliography
49603 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49604 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49605 LatexCommand bibitem
49611 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49614 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49618 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49619 \begin_inset Newline newline
49623 \begin_inset Flex URL
49626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49628 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49636 \begin_layout Bibliography
49637 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49638 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49639 LatexCommand bibitem
49645 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49648 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49652 about new features in
49657 \begin_inset Newline newline
49661 \begin_inset Flex URL
49664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49666 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49674 \begin_layout Standard
49675 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49709 \begin_inset Note Note
49712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49719 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49720 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49721 bibliography is the second one:
49729 \begin_layout Standard
49730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49731 LatexCommand bibtex
49732 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49733 options "biblio/alphadin"
49740 \begin_layout Standard
49741 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49744 \begin_layout Standard
49745 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49746 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49752 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49753 LatexCommand printindex